I/-, ss i^\v'' 1 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE Senior Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum. V 0 L. L V I I I. UBRAftT NEW YORK BOfl ANICAL LONDON TAYLOPv AND FRANCIS RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET 19 20. CUNTRIBUTOIIS TO THIS VOLUME. E. (t. Baker, F.L.S. E. J. Bejjford. Aethuii Bennett, A.L.S. E. B. Bishop. G. A. BouLENaER, D.Sc, F.R.S. G. S. BOULGER, F.L.S. James Britten, F.L.S. C. E. Britton. B. Muriel Bristoj., D.Se. Nellie Carter, D.Sc. A. H. Church, M.A., D.Sc. H. N. Dixon, M.A.. F.L.S. F. Druce, M.A., F.L.S. H. DowNEs, M.B., F.L.S. Elliott, Jessie S., D.Sc. Elliott, W. T., F.L.S. W. Fawcett, B.Sc. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. Lilian S. Gibes, F.L.S. M. J. GODFERY, F.L.S. W. B. Groye, M.A. James Groyes, F.L.S. K. T. GuNTHER, M.A., F.L.S. N. G. Hadden. J. W. Heslop-Hahrison, M.D. W. P. Htern, M.A., F.R.S. W. J. HODGETTS, M.Sc. A. S. HoRNE, D.Sc, F.L.S. C. P. Hurst. A. B. Jackson, A.L.S. James Ladbrook. C. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S. L. V. Lester-Garland, M.A., F T S E. F. Linton, M.A., F.L.S. G. Lister, F.L.S. Lilian Lyle, F.L.S. J. R. Matthews, M.A., F.L.S. J, Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S. Elmer D. Me j{ rill. I Spencer Le M. Moore, IJ.Sc, i F.L.S. W. A. Nicholson, F.L.S. H. W. PuGSLEi', B.A., F.L.S. J. Ramsbotto^m, M.A., F.L.S. J. K. Ramsbottom. R. F. Rani), M.D. A. B. Renhle, D.Sc, F.R.S. H. J. Riddelsdell, M.A. H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. F. RiLSTONE. i W. Roberts. R. A. RoLFE, A.L.S. E. J. Salisbury, D.Sc, F.L.S. C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. ; AV. Shoolbred, F.L.S. I A. LoRRAiN Smith, F.L.S. E. Philip Smith. T. Stephenson, D.D. T. A. Stephenson, M.Sc H. S. Thompson, F.L.S. Carl Traaex. Marjorie F. Warxeu. W. Watson, D.Sc, A.L.S. W. W. Watts. J. Weathers. H. F. Wernham, D.Sc. J. A. Wheldon. A. J. Wilmott, B.A., F.L.S. A. H. Wolley-Dod. CORRIGENDA. P. 8, 1. 19, transpose " Mrs." and " Mr." P. 40, 1. 15, for " corrhiza" read " coryza." P. 67, 1. 12, for " test " read " text." P. 96, 1. 23 from bottom, for " Two " read " Three." P. 107, 11. 2, 3, for " An isomery " read " anisomery " ; for " declinous " read " diclinous." P. 167. 1. 23, for " 35 " read " 15." P. 169, 1. 18, for " leaf " read " lip." P. 170, 1. 17 from bottom, after " Domini " add " 1640." P. 171, 1. 12, after " them " add " move." P. 172,1. 8, for " 1647 " read " 1847." P. 227, 1. 6 from bottom, for " Hellehortts " read " Hellehori)ie." P. 228, 1. 16 from bottom, for " short " read " shoot." P. 234, 1. 11 from bottom, for " forty " read " thirty." P. 236, 1. 8 from bottom, for " 1889 " read " 1869." P. 257, 1. 17, for "unusually " read "usually" ; 1. 33, dele "red." P. 264, I. 9, for " retipora " read " retepom." P. 275, 1. 27, for " S. S. ' read " L. S." Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.) are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. No. 685 JANUARY, 1920 Vol. LVIII T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND rOREION EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS In Memory of Edward Shearbvirn Marshall. (1858-19190 (Witli Portraits.) By James ±5ritten. Llanberis Lichens. DON By J. A. Whel- Some Roses from Dorsetshire. By Gr. A. BOULENGER, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S The Home of Inula Heleninm. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S. ByC. Short Notes: — Enjthvdea scilloides Chaubard — On Collecting Roses — Salsola caffra Sparrman — Gystopteris ')nontana in Banff- shire— Poa o')neiensis, comb. nov. — H. W. Burgess — - Euphrasia hirtella J ord. — Saturcjamontana L., in Hants 11 16 21 Reviews :— Le Mythe des Symbiotes. AUGUSTE LuMIERE Par IQ Elementary Notes on Structural Botany. By A. H. Church, M.A 27 Flora of the Presidency of Madras. By J. S. Gamble 27 Science and Fruit Growing : Being an Account of the Results ob- tained at the Woburn Experi- mental Fruit Farm since its foundation in 1894. By the Duke OF Bedford, K.G., F.R.S., and Spencer Pickering, M.A., F.R.S 28 Botany for Agricultural Students. By John N. Martin 29 30 23 \ Book-Notes, News, etc. LONDON TAYLOE AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price One Shilling and Eightpence Macmillan's New Works Botany of the Living Plant. By F. O. BowEE, Sc.D., F.B.S., Regius Professor of Botany in tile University of Glasgow. With 447 Figures. Svo, 25s. net. Nature.— 'We have for so long been accustomed to rely on translations of German text-books for our elementary botanical students that it is very g-ratifying to find them superseded by so excellent and comprehensive a study of the living plant from one of the most eminent of our own professors and teachers.' Lectures on Sex and Heredity. Delivered in Glasgow 1917-lS. By Prof. F. O. Bower, Sc.D., F.K.S., Prof. J. Grahaai Kerh, M.A., F.K.S., and AY. E. Auar, M.A., D.Sc. Illustrated. Crown Svo, os. net. The Journal of Education. — 'Quite apart from their value to students of botany and zoology, which is considerable, the lectures should do much to focus attention on certain practical problems which are vastly more vital to the real welfare of the human race than those political questions which usiially absorb the energies of governments.' Mendelism. i^^i^th edition. By Professor E. C. Puis'NEtt, F.K.S. Fifth Edition. With Illustrations in Colour and in Black and AVhite. Crown 8yo, 7^. Gd. net. Journal of Botany. — ' Continues to be by far the best manual on a subject which is as interesting to biologists as it was when the first edition appeared.' Science and Fruit-Growing. Being an account of the Kesults obtained at the Woburn Experimental Fruit Farm since its foundation in 1894. By the Duke of Bedfoed, K.G., F.K.S., and Spexcek Pickerixg. ^[.A., F.Pv.S. Svo, 12s. 6d. net. The Fruit Grozve*-.- ' Carefully tabulated records have enabled the authors to deal with their subject in a very comprehensive manner, and their informa- tion should be of the utmost value to growers who wish to improve or extend their orchards and plantations.' r>1ACIVlfLLAN 8o CO., LTD., LONDON, W.C. 2. NEW YORK THE '^ JOUKNAL OF JM)T A X Y BRITISH AND FOREIGX. IN MEMORY OF EDWARD SHEARBURN MARSHALL (1858-1919) With Portraits. Edwaed Sheaebuex Maeshall v>as born on March 7th, ISoS, in Park Lane, London. He was privately educated, partly in England and pai-tly in Germany, acquiring in the latter country a good know- ledge of the language. In September 1873 he entered Marlborough College, where he remained until Midsummer, 1S77 ; while there he obtained an Old Marlburian Scholarship (187(5), an Exhibition (1877), and a Scholarship at Brasenose College, Oxford. At Oxford he took a Second Class in Classical Moderations in 1879 and a Third Class in History in 1881, in which year he o:raduated B.A. ; he took his M.A. in 1884. In 1882 Marshall was at Wells Theological College ; he was ordained deacon in 1883, and was appointed to the Marlborough Mission at Tottenham as curate; here he remained until 1885, taking- priest's orders in 188-4. On leading Tottenham, Marshall became curate at Witley, Surrey, and it was during his residence there that he married (on August 1(3, 1887) Miss Fanny Isabel Foster — a niece of the Avell-known Avater- colour artist Birket Foster (1825-99), some of whose pictures adorned the Monkton drawing-room. The union was a yerv happy one, and indeed could hardly have been otherwise, for Mrs. Marshall was a woman of exceptional charm and boundless tact, with an unfail- ing sense of humour and a brightness which communicated itself to all who came in contact with her. A devoted Church woman, she was a j^entre of parochial life, possessing that gift of sympathy which ^is not always vouchsafed to earnest workers, with an entire absence of ^the fussiness which sometimes attends and mars their efforts. She twas possessed of considerable musical ability, training the village choir and playing the organ in the church. ^^ Although herself not a botanist. Mrs. Marshall took the keenest r^ interest in her husband's botanical work, especially during their summer holidays in Scotland. It was on one of these occasions that a new Hawkweed was found which was described by 31 r. Mai'shall in JorEXAL OF Botany. — Vol. 58. [Jamaey, 1920.] b 2 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY this Journal for 191^ (p. 120) as Hieracium Isahellce : the following note is appended to the description : — " I name this striking plant after my wife Fanny Isabel (nee Foster), in commemoration of our recent * silver wedding ' and in gratitude for her constant sympathetic com- panionship on so many botanical excursions, over and above the fact that some of the gatherings on which this species is founded were made by her while I was amusing myself by tly-hshing on Loch Ericht, with indifferent success." In 1890 Marshall became Vicar of Milford, Surrey, where he remained for ten years ; it was during his residence here that Mr. S. T. Dunn published his Flora of South-west Surrey (1893), in the pre- face to which Marshall is thanked for " his very kind help and encouragement." In 1900-1902 he was Curate-in-charge of Laving- ton-cum-Graftliam, Sussex, and in 1902-4 Vicar of Keevil, Wilts ; towards the end of the latter year he became Kector of West Monk- "ton — a position which he retained until Michaelmas last. He had purchased an estate at Tidenham, near Chepstow, which on account of local association he named " Offa's Dyke," wdiere he had hoped to pass the remainder of his life and to help Mr. Riddelsdell with his Flora of Gloucestershire. But this was not to be. For some years Marshall had suffered from fits of depression. As time went on, these increased in frequency and intensity : in the summer of 1918 he had a serious nervous breakdown, fainting in the pulpit. He had for some time been complaining that he felt unequal to his clerical duties, and, acting on medical advice, as soon as he recovered from the attack began to make arrangements for resigning his living. The plans were completed in due course, and it was hoped that the withdrawal from clerical w^ork would relieve the pressure, and that the interest of his new surroundings would restore his cheerfuhiess. But the death of his only brother, to wdiom he was much attached, and the illness of his wdfe, deepened his depression. A note which I sent him at the beginning of September was answered by a request that I would not trouble him with botanical matters, and in a subsequent letter he told me that he was giving up botany. I did not take this seriously, but I have since learned that he had withdrawn from membership of the two Exchange Clubs. His wdfe's death at the beginning of November naturally greatly affected him ; in a letter Avritten shortly afterwards — the last I received from him — he gave a sad account of his own condition, and hinted at financial troubles as to which there was not the slightest ground for concern. From tliis state of despondency Marshall never recovered ; he was found lying dead in his room on the 25th of November. It does not appear that Marshall took up botany at Marlborough, though the school, under the leadership of T. A. Preston, w^as, at the time of his residence there, keen on the subject: the only reference to him in the Reports of the College Natural History Society is in that for Midsummer, 1877 — the year of his leaving, — in connection with ornithology, in which he always retained a strong interest. The Journal of his visit to America (June-August, 1881), which contains numerous small specimens collected en route, shows that at that period he had considerable knowledge of plants, and it was probably while at EDWARD SllEAllJJUllN MAKSIIALL 3 Oxford that he became interested in botany. On the blank 2)ages of the Journal are lists of sjDecies noticed in Teesdale in July, 1883, and of Dorset and Hants j^lants at the beginning of July, 1884 ; later in that month he was in the west of France, chiefly in Charente- Inferieure, where he drew up a list ; on his return, a stay at East- bourne for two hours enabled him to note 159 species. Marshall's first contribution to this Journal, of which he was to become a leading supporter, was in 1885, when he published (p. 311) a short note on Pinguicula aljiina in SutJierland- The following year saw nothing from his pen, but in 1887 he began the series of notes upon the plants collected during the annual holiday of the preceding 3'ear, which have, almost without intermission, formed an interesting feature for more than thirty volumes. I had intended to append to this notice a bil)liographv of Marshall's contributions, but this M^ould require space which present restrictions make it impossible to afford ; I must therefore content myself with a summary of the more important, referring those who want a fuller account to the yearly indexes, in which Marshall's name is alwa3^s to be found, usually with many references attached. Before he became a contributor, however, Marshall was a subscriber to the Journal ; the first letter the Editor received from him is dated Aug. 31, 1884, and was written while he was stationed at Tottenham. It relates to a review of the third edition of Hooker's Studenfs Flora (Journ. Bot. 1884, 280) and takes exception, on classical grounds, to the statement that " Iragopon minus Miller (1768) must replace T. minus Fries (1828)." It is written in the ex cathedra style which Marshall never entirely abandoned : " Why so, I venture to ask? TTwywi' is masculine, not neuter: and surel}^ it is most un- worthy of any science to perpetuate errors. If the principle of priority is to over-iide the consideration of all linguistic properties m our own day, surely a more critical age will re-revise this arbitrary revision." In common with all intelligent folk, Marshall, as time went on, modified his opinions ; it is amusing to find him in 1918 (p. 152) regarding as "unjustifiable" Mr. Lacaita's assertion of the principle thus energetically maintained, and endorsing the view that "the author's spelling, even in extreme cases," should be adopted. Marshall, however, never thoroughly accepted the principle of priority, as may be seen from his notes on Car ex depauperata (J. Bot. 1896, 229) and Stellaria umbrosa (J. Bot. 1904, 152) — the latter a good example of the vigorous stjde in which he often expressed his opinions. In the letter quoted above he considers that the frequent changes of nomenclature have a deterrent effect upon workers : "I am positive that the services of many who would have done first-rate field work are lost from this one cause. An eager and careful field-worker I can claim to be, as far as time allows, but nothinsc more ; and as such I can't but speak out on behalf of my long-suffering class." Our correspondence thus begun became frequent and intimate, especially after Marshall went to West Monkton, where, as he told me, he intended to remain for the remainder of his clerical life. About ten years ago he invited me to visit him there, and thus began a personal friendship, not only with Marshall but with E 2 4 THE JOTJRNAL OF BOTANY his family, which year by year became more cordiah All who had the pleasure of knowing Mrs. Marshall and of sharing in the life of the Rectory will understand how greatly these visits were enjoyed by the guest ; and it was pleasant to know that the appreciation was shared by his hosts. Those who were present at the dinner given in June 1913 to the Editor by a representative bod}^ of contributors in commemoration of the jubilee of ibis Journal will remember the genial speech in the course of which Marshall referred to my visits. The large grounds of the Kectory included within their limits a wood of some extent, a pond and small stream, an ample lawn, a rock- garden (to which a second was added by the Marshalls), a carriage- drive, bordered on one side by a field in early spring golden with daffodils and on the other by a wide irregular flower-bed, a kitchen- garden with flower-borders in the old-fashioned style, and an orchard. There was of course no set bedding, but the borders were filled with an astonishing variety of flowers of all sorts, including some of chiefly botanical interest and many not commonly met with — the whole presenting a charming informality. I doubt whether anj^ garden ever gave more pleasure, either to its possessors or to its visitors ; not once but many times a day did we walk in it, nor did the walks ever lose their charm. Marshall's contributions to the Journal have been, as its readers know, very various : descriptions of new forms, biographies, reviews, and an infinity of short notes on points of special interest, came rapidly from his pen. Among the most interesting are the lists of the plants, already referred to, collected during his annual holi- day ; this was usually spent in Scotland, often with his old friends Mr. F. J. Hanbury and Mr. W. A. Shoolbred, whose names sometimes appear as joint authors of the lists ; other companions of his excursions, besides his wife and family, were Mr. S. H. Bickham, the brothers Linton, and Mr. C. E. Salmon. The lists, it need hardly be said, are no mere enumerations of species, interesting onl}^ as records of the local flora, but abound in notes of value ; as they were not published until the following year, there was time for examination and com- parison of specimens before the results were printed. In 1895 and 1906 Marshall visited various parts of Ireland— a country which sometimes attracted him for snipe-shooting : in 1896-7 he was in Wexford, where he found Sisyrinchium calif ornicitm in such quantity as to convince him " that we have here an instance of survival from an earlier flora, and not an adventitious plant " (J. Bot. 1898, 49). His last visit to Ireland Avas to South Kerry, accompanied by Mrs. Marshall, with a special view to the Saxifrages, of which he had then begun to make a special study with a view to undertaking them for the Camhridge Britisli Flora. A further expedition in search of these, in which 1 was to have accompanied him, was planned for 1915, but was prevented by the War. Shorter visits were paid to numerous counties : he visited Westmorland and Cornwall with R. P. Murray; Kent with Mr. Hanbury, when the Flora of Kent was in preparation; Cardiganshire (1899), Carnar- vonshire (1912), and others. Even the briefest visit to a locality previously unknown to him afforded an opportunity for observation EDWARD SIIEARBUHN' MARSHALL 5 and collecting; thus '* some hours " at Ilayling Island enahled him to examine the various forms of ^alicornia and to note other things of which a record will be found in J. J3ot. 1901, 144 ; even a wait between trains was utilised. When it is remembered that Marshall was a keen fishei'man, and also that he himself dried his often very numerous gatherings, it will be understood that his '* holidays " were by no means ])eriods of rest, except such as is afforded by change of occuj)ation. How thoroughly he investigated the plants of his county the " Somerset Plant-Notes " which have appeai-ed annually in this Journal since 1907 sufficiently show. The notes relating to critical genera such as Ilieracium and Bithus, and later Saxifragn and Euphrasia, give, as has already been said, a special value to Marshall's lists ; few have seen so many British and Irish plants growing in their natural conditions, and none have turned their knowledge to better account. Although possessed of a very adequate knowledge of British phanerogams in general, Marshall paid special attention to certain genera besides those just mentioned, among them Erophila, Viola^ Epilohium, SaUcornid, and Carex. It was principally among these that he found material on which to base the ncAv forms which he described in this Journal — e. g. Bamincuhis petiolaris (J. Bot. 1892, 289^a name afterwards changed to scoticus), Cochlearia micacea (1894, 289), Viola xSmifhiana (1915, 361), HelianthemumX Bick- hami (1913, 182), Stellaria umbrosa var. decipiens (1902, 215), Saxifraga Drucei, S. Sfernhergii var. gracilis, S. liypnoidcs var. rohusta (1918, 65-7), S. X Craufordii (1909, 98), EpilohiumX Waterfallii (1916, 114), Rieracium anfractuosum (1892, 18, 183), K. dovrense var. spectabile (1894, 216), H. Isahellce (1913, 120), H. Slioolhredii (1913, 122), Salicornia disarticulata var. humifusa (1915, 361). The last is associated in my mind with Marshall's enthusiasm as a collector : we had started in the morning for Dawlish Warren, but arrived at Exeter in such pouring rain that Mrs. Mar- shall and I ]n-ef erred to explore the city rather than to face an expedition ; Marshall, however, persevered, and was rewarded with a tinfull of Salieornias which he showed us with triumph when he arrived in the afternoon, wet and weary, at Exeter Station. Marshall's critical notes on the genera mentioned and on others, scattered through his lists, also supplied material for special articles. A warm defence of the "critical" as against the "lumping" school will be found in his account of Cochlearia micacea (J. Bot. 1894, 290), where he speaks of the " Benthamie " treatment as "hardly calculated to increase knowledge or promote accuracy " and condemns " Mr. N. E. Brown's crude and offhand dismissal of the Epilobium hybrids " and " Sir J. D. Hooker's laconic condemnation of the Hanburian Hieracia''' " For my own part," he continues, " I think that field- botanists have some ground of complaint when careful and deliberate conclusions, arrived at as the result of long research in the open, the garden, and the study, are hastily tossed as worthless, Avithout their properly investigating the matter, by those whose expressions of opinion deservedly carry great weight, and whobe reasoned criticisms would be very valuable." His own notes were always based, as far as 6 THE JOURNAL OT BOTANY was possible, on abundant material: thus he prefaces the *^ JSpilohium Notes " (J. Bot. 1890, 2-10), written when he was at Milford, by saying : " During the past season I have examined many thousands of living specimens, paying special attention to hybrids," of which several new to the British Flora were obtained and two new ones (-E*. X Surreyanum and E. X anglicuni) described : this paper is an excellent example of Marshall's careful and critical work. The publi- cation by C. B. Clarke on p. 225 of the same volume of E. Duriasi as *' a new (?) English plant " led to one of those controversies that sometimes enliven the most serious journals, in which both con- tributors maintained their respective views with some warmth (see J. Bot. 1890, 296 ; 1891, 78, 106 ; 1893, 20) ; the controversy finally developed into a discussion of hybridity — a subject to which Marshall paid much attention ; a note on a hybrid Epilohium appeared as recently as 1918 (p. 382). In later years he Avas especially interested in Saxifraqa, of which he grew many specimens, brought from Ireland and elsewhere, in the portion of his garden devoted to experimental growths : he regarded his papers (J. Bot. 1917, 151-161 ; 1918, 65-67) — the result of many years' observation — as examples of his best work. It was appropriate that Marshall's name should be associated with two of his favourite genera, and that this should have been done by those who were not only experts in those genera but also members of his own profession. It may be noted in passing that, from the days of William Turner (tl568), who is regarded as its "father," the clergy of the Established Church have been among the chief pro- moters of English botany — John Kay (1627-1705) stands out as their most eminent example — and a catena of their number might be made reaching to the present time : William Williamson Newbould (1819- 1886), himself retiring to a fault and unrepresented in literature, probably did more than anyone to stimulate the study of critical plants. Contemporary with Marshall and fellow-workers with him were Richard Paget Murrav (1842-1908), William Eichardson Linton (1850-1908), Augustin Ley (1842-1911); the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers and the Rev. Edward F. Linton still happily with us : William Henry Purchas (1823-1903), Thomas Arthur Preston (1833-1905), and William Hunt Painter (1835-1910), although contemporary, were less associated with Marshall than those already named. The Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, though also contemporary, from whom much may be expected, belongs to a somewdiat younger generation of clerical botanists, of which he is apparently the sole representative ; it may be hoped that others in the ranks of the clergy will arise to carry on the tradition, but of this no sign is yet apparent. The tw^o plants named after Marshall were both collected by him- self : Hieracium MarsJialli, described by the Rev. E. F. Linton (Journ. Bot. 1891, 271) was discovered by him on rocks by the Unich Water, Forfar, in 1888 ; Biihus Marshalli, first described (Journ. Bot. 1892, 310) as R. Koelileri var. hirsutus and raised to specific rank by Focke and Rogers (Journ. Bot. 1895, 103) was observed by him in company wdth Mr. Moyle Rogers at Munstead and Witley, Surrey, in 1890, where " it is quite a marked feature of KDWAHl) SIIK.VHBUHN x^^AKS^A^^i 7 the bramble flora." Other critical species were founded on material collected by Marshall— e. g. Jiubus hesperius and B. iricus, two Irish species described by Mr. Moyle Rogers in J. Bot. 1896, 50J?-6. Haussknecht gave his name to a hybrid Epilohmm {E. Marshalli' anuiii Hausskn.). Although Marshall's work finds its chief record in this Journal, it was by no means confined thereto. It is to him that we are indebted for the publication of the Flora of Kent (1899) on which the joint author and originator, Mr. F. J. Hanbury, had been working since 1872. In the preface to the book Mr. Hanbury expresses his regret " for so long a delay," and continues : " Had not his friend and co-editor kindly consented to bring the critical portion up to date, recast the mass of accumulated facts into final shape for press, and. correct the proofs, the Flora could not even now have appeared. He desires to pay his highest tribute to the energy and untiring work that his colleague has thus ungrudgingly given, as well as to the excellent critical field-work which, with little time at his disposal, he has managed to accomplish." Botanists will regret that Marshall was not also called in to complete Mr. Hanbury's Monograpli of the British Hieracia, which, after the issue of eight numbers at dates ranging from 1889 to 1898, remains a splendid fragment of what might have been. In 1901 Marshall prepared for the Victoria County History (published in 1908) an account of the Phanerogams of Kent — a careful and interesting epitome of the Flora. In 1914 was published the Supplement to the Flora of So??ie?'set (see Journ. Bot. 1914, 220), which was undertaken by Marshall at the request of the Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society, of whose Botanical Section he was President and in whose Transactions (lix. part 3) it first appeared. He took great interest in the Society, joining in its excursions and presenting to its herbarium, preserved in the Taunton Museum, specimens of his Somerset plants. In the preface to the Supplement Marshall refers to B. P. Murray, the author of the Flora, whose acquaintance he had made when at Wells, as his " first real helper in the study of critical plants .... we were intimate friends from the autumn of 1882 until his death " in 1908 : a more detailed acknowledgement will be found in the notice of Murray contributed by Marshall to this Journal for 1909, p. 1. " The account of Betula (one of his favourite genera) in the Cam- Iridcje British Flora (1914) must also be mentioned among Marshall's publications. His help is, moreover, acknowledged in various publica- tions, e. g. in The Flora of Bristol, where Mr. White pays a warm tribute to his critical knowledge ; the Reports of the two Exchange Clubs, of both of which he was a member — he joined the B. E. C. in 1892 and the Watson Club in 1900 — contain numerous notes on plants which had been referred to him for his opinion. Almost from the beginning of his botanical career, Marshall was intimately acquainted with the leading British botanists. Some of them, as has already been mentioned, shared his summer holiday; others were entertained at the rectory or were themselves his hosts, or joined him on short excursions. He was accustomed to speak with '^ THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXY especial pleasure of a visit to Cambridge in 1911, when he was enter- tained by his friend Professor Seward ; on this occasion he took part in excursions in that county, in Suffolk, and in Huntingdonshire in company with Dr. Moss and E. W. Hunnybun, and met Mrs. Gregory and the Caml^ridge botanists. Marshall was a delightful companion on an excursion, and liis enjoyment on such occasions was shared by those who accompanied him. His contributions to the Journal con- tain references to visits to H. C. Levinge (tl896) at MuUingar, to W. B. Boyd (tl918) at Melrose, to the Corstorphines at Arbroath, to Dr. J. Cosmo Melvill and many others ; he stayed with Prof. Bal- four at Edinburgh, and exchanged visits with his old friends Messrs. Shoolbred and Hanbury and the clergy who have already been mentioned, as well as with Mr. Spencer Bickhara, from whose garden he received many interesting things which he returned in kind — for Marshall was as generous with living plants as he was with dried specimens. With botanists nearer home he was in cordial relations, especially with Mr. J. W. White, of Bristol, whose Flora he reviewed in this Journal for 1912 (p. 232) ; his Somersetshire work brought him into contact with Mrs. Downes, Miss lioper, Mr. Sand with and others and his near neighbours Mr. W. Watson of Taunton and Mr, W. D. Miller of Cheddon — the latter rendered him much assistance and was a frequent companion of his rambles. His infrequent visits to London a^orded opportunities for coming into touch with the botanists of Kew and of the National Herbarium ; others he met at the rooms of the Linnean Society, of which he became a Fellow in 1887. Indeed, to enumerate all Marshall's botanical acquaintances, either personal or by letter, would be to give a list of contemporary British botanists : to those already mentioned may be added W. H. Beeby (181^9-1910), a friend since 188Jr, of Avhom Marshall wTote a memoir in tliis Journal for 1910 (p. 121) ; Mr. K. W. ScuUy, whose Flora of Kerry he reviewed in this Journal for 1917 (p. 56) ; the Messrs. Groves ; Mr. E. N. Williams ; Dr. Dmce ; Dr. Moss ; Mr. Pugsley ; Mr. Hiern ; Mr. A. B. Jackson — the enumeration might be indetinitely exten(^e\ In 1911 Marshall was elected an Honorary Fellow of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, " in recognition of his great services to British Botany." The distinction gave him legitimate pleasure, for the nmnber of British Honorary Fellows is limited to six. In politics Marshall was a strong Tory ; he was indeed a man of strong views upon most subjects, and when he had arrived at a con- clusion— which he sometimes seemed to base on insufficient data — it was not easy to induce him to abandon it. An example of this will be found in his discover}^ of Fesiuca heteropliylla at Witley in Surrey, which he announced (J. Bot. 1889, 95) as '' a new British Festuca.'''' The unhkelihood of this South European species being native in England was pointed out by Mr. Carruthers {op. cit. 216), who showed that the plant had long been on sale as a pasture grass ; Marshall, however (p. 249), warmly defended his position, and main- tained at considerable length (J. Bot. 1890, 47-51) his *' decided opinion" in favour of its nativity, although "a friend" (W. H. Beeby, Avho accompanied Marshall to the station — see J. Bot. 1895, 253) EDWARD SllEARBURN MARSHALL 9 questioned this. Nine years later, however, Marshall himself (J. Bot. 1S99, 357) expressed his conviction that ** Mr. Beeby was ri^-ht in considering Festaca hfierophj/lla as probably introduced at Witley." I detail the incident at some length because it shows that Marshall, although diihcult to convince, was willing to own up when he was convinced, and also because it illustrates his somewhat over-readiness to regard as British, ]jlants whose antecedents suggested the im- probability of this — Siiitjriuchiiun californicum, already mentioned, is a case in point. On the other hard, he did much towards estab- lishing the claims of plants whose nativity had been regarded as doubt- ful— e. g. the one standing in our books as Aconitum Napellus ; this he regarded as " a true native in Somerset and in several other western counties" (Fl. Som. Supp. 8), and it was difficult to regard it as otherwise in the stations where he showed it to me. Marshall was also a staunch defender of the nativity of PcBoma corallina and Allium Ampeloprasuni on the Steep Holm — of which R. P. Murray gives the Hora in J. Bot. 1S91, 269; he made several excursions to the island and introduced from it to his garden the two plants above mentioned : he also regarded A. triquetrum as native in Cornwall (J. Bot. 1918, 56). His views as to specific rank also underwent modification : thus the Raniuiculus first mentioned by him (J. Bot. 1889, 230) as R. Flamumla var. petiolaris and subsequently published and figured (J. Bot. 1892, 289, t. 328) as R. petiolaris — a preoccupied name for which B. scotic?fs was substituted (J. Bot. 1898, 103) — was later (J. Bot. 1900, 185) "after much consideration " regarded as a subspecies — a view which had been previously urged upon him by Mr. Arthur Bennett and other botanists. It seems right to add that, although so much of his time was devoted to botany, MarslialFs clerical work was in no way neglected : the ordinary duties of a country clergyman, which are perhaps more numerous than is sometimes supposed, were conscientiously and methodically performed. His parish, though straggling, was not a large one, as reckoned by inhabitants, and he had the help of a curate, but he took his full share of work, usually preaching twice on a Sunday. His sermons were much appreciated by the more educated members of his fiock, but were, I gathered, regarded by the poorer classes as rather over their heads — "too clever," as one of them expressed it. Marshall was a thorough " Church and State " man — a moderate High Clmrchman of the degree indicated in the Anglican thermometer as "E.P. and altar lights," but with no symjmth}^ with the more advanced members of that school. Although he did not readily brook contradiction, he was a most pleasant companion. It would be presumptuous on the part of one who claims no high position among British botanists were he to attempt to estimate that which Marshall had attained. But a letter received since his death, from one who himself stands in the first rank of our botanists, con- tains an appreciation which appears to me so just that I propose to print it in place of expressing any opinion of my own : " His death is a great loss to British Botany. He was unsur- passed as a collector of the critical flowering plants, both in point of 10 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tlie number of interesting things he found and the care and judge- ment he showed in selecting and pressing specimens of them. He was most generous in distributing his specimens, and it was always a -delight to receive a parcel from him, for it was sure to contain many plants of interest. He was, I think, much more apt in seeing dif- ferences than likenesses, but if one felt sometimes that he was a little inclined to regard his geese as swans, he always furnished his friends with adequate material to form a judgement for themselves. It is very sad that he should have dropped out so early from the comparatively small band of good critical botanists." With regard to Marshall's specimens, those who shared his holiday excursions tell stories of the shifts to which he was sometimes put to ■carry out the process of drying satisfactorily, and of the trouble and time he devoted to the work. At home it was no uncommon thing for him to change the papers six times a day, beginning before breakfast and ending late at night. He took great care in spreading out leaves and flowers, adjusting pads for thick stems, and in all the little details which go to make up perfect specimens. His labels, too, were models of neatness and exactness, and his numbering each plant distributed made reference easy ; his distribution numbers reached about 4500. Besides the set which he always laid aside for the National Her- barium, which is thus ])ossessed of a series almost as complete as his own, and his liberal donations to private correspondents, Marshall contributed largely to the two Exchange Clubs ; he also helped in providing the specimens sent out by the brothers Linton in their sets of Hieracia and Salices. Marshall was also a good and prompt correspondent — a fact of which amateurs as well as botanists took full advantage. I have often heard him say, when opening at breakfast a packet of plants sent to name — ^" Oh, I really can't be bothered with these things to-day ! " and I heard it with amusement, for I knew that before the afternoon post went out, the specimens would be named and the packet returned with a useful and encouraging letter — sometimes, however, with a complaint of the insufficiency of the material supplied : the poorness of the specimens often sent out even by botanists of repute always irritated him, as was not unnatural in one who was himself beyond reproach in that respect. There is no need to say how good his letters were : most British botanists can from their own knowledge bear witness to the fact. It may be noted incidentally that Marshall had a considerable correspondence with critical botanists on the Continent ; in the course of his contributions to this Journal will be found references to letters from Haussknecht, Lange, Kiiken- thal, Wettstein, Focke, Domin, von Sterneck, and others. Marshall was a very careful writer ; not only was his style clear and concise, but his manuscrij^t practically required no correction before sending to press — a testimonial which, as every editor knows, is rarely given or deserved. He was careful, too, in his references ; he had a small but useful botanical library of which he made good use, and would often ask me for extracts from books which were inaccessible to him. His occasional visits to town found him at the EDWARD SHEAIIBURX MARSIfALL 11 National Herbarium or at the Linneaii Society for tlie consultation and com])arison of books and specimens necessary for his work. In everything connected witli liis herbarium — as, indeed, in other respects — Marshall was exceeding'ly methodical: the ample space of the llectory enabled him to devote a room to the accommodation of his plants and books, and things not dealt with at once were carefully endorsed — e. g. some papers which I had sent him for notice came back to me after his death labelled " Important : for review in J. of. E. after settHng at Off as Dyke." This tribute to Marshall's memory has run to greater length than I had anticipated, but I do not think that those who knew him, either personally or by correspondence, will consider it too long : rather will they note omissions which they would have been able and willing to supply. By his death, the Editor has lost a valued friend and the Journal a principal contributor, and this memoir may fittingly conclude with a reference to the assistance rendered by Marshall to both at a critical period. It will be remembered that owing to the War and other circumstances a serious deficit was experienced at the end of 1916. By the generosity of friends and in response to a circular signed by five leading British botanists, the deficit was made lip, as stated in the volume for 1917, p. 148 ; but it could not then be said that the circulation of the appeal, the receipt and acknow- ledgement of subscriptions, and other incidental trouble was entirely undertaken by Marshall, who was also, with his wife, the most liberal subscriber. James Britte?^. (The accompanying portraits are from a photograph taken in July 1919.) LLANBEBIS LICHENS. By J. A. Wheldojs^. The following list was compiled in the district around Llanberis between the 3rd and the 8th of August. In company with the Misses Armitage and Cobbe, and Messrs. Druce, Jones, Ehodes and Travis, a considerable proj^ortion of that time was devoted to the examina- tion of the Phanerogams and Br3^ophyta of the vicinit3\ Two days were somewhat spoiled by unfavourable weather. The list cannot, therefore, be regarded as an exhaustive one, and many of the lichens know^n to occur in the district were not seen at all. Others, such as Cerania vermicularis, Avere unexpected, because not recorded in the Flora of Carnarvonsliire or Leighton's British Lichens, and it is singular that so conspicuous a species, occurring close by the jDath from Llanberis to the Snowdon summit in some abundance, should have been overlooked. The comparatively few corticole species in- cluded, is due to the fact that most of our time was spent on the hills, above the tree zone, and not to any povert}^ of species in this group. The armngement is that of A. Lorrain Smith's Briiish 12 THE JUL'JJXAL OF BOTANY Lichens', and species not recorded for Carnarvonshire in Grriffitli's Flora are indicated by an asterisk : — SphcBrophorns glohosus A. L. Sm. Frequent on boulders. — S.fragilis Pers. On Clogwjn and CVm Grias, frequent. Epiiebe lanata Wain. Damp shad}^ rocks neai- Llanberis Castle. *Foli/chidium muscicolam S. F. Gray. Moss}' boulder on Snowdon. Faiuiaria pezizoides Light. Near the stream by Crib Coch. Feltigera canina Willd. Llanberis; Cwm Glas and Snowdon. — ■ *P. polydactyla Hoffni. Banks in Llanberis Pass and below Clog- wyn. — P. aphthosa Willd. Shaded banks in Llanberis Pass. Solorlua saccata Ach. Damp ledges on volcanic ash. Cwm Glas. Parmelia physodes Ach. Common, with forms lahrosa and recurva. — P. puhescens Wain. Snowdon at about 2550 ft. ; sparingly near Clogwyn Tarn. — P. perlata Ach. Frequent near Llanberis. — P. caperata Ach. Very fine on both trees and rocks. — P. prohos- cldea Tayl. Sparingly on trees near Llanberis Castle. — P. saxaiilis Ach. and iornvA, fu7]fiiracea Schser. General, on trees and rocks. — P. cetrarioides Del. Kocks at foot of Snowdon, above Llanberis Falls. — P. sulcata Tayl. Noted only once on a wall near Nant Perris. — P. Icevigata Ach. Eather frequent on boulders and trees near Llanberis. — P. revoliota Floerke. On mossy boulders near Llanberis Falls. — P. conspersa Ach. Common and fruiting well about Llanberis ; var. stenophi/lla Ach. near the Castle, f. isidiata Leight. On boulders ^t the foot of Snowdon. — -P. omplialodes Ach. Very frequent throughout the district, and occasionally fruit- ing well. — F.fuliginosa Nyl. Common on rocks and walls. The var. IcBte-virens Nyl. frequent on trees. Getraria glauca Ach. Common on both rocks and tree-trunks. — G. islandlca Ach. Sparingly in Cwm Glas, and on Snowdon at 3250 ft., var. tenuifolia Wain. Amongst Racoinitriuni laiiugl- nosum at about 3500 ft. on Snowdon. — C. aculeata Fr. Common, ascending to the summit of Snowdon. Everiiia prunastri Ach. Tree-trunks at Llanberis. — E. furfu- racea Mann. On a wall at the foot of Cwm Glas. *Usnea liirta Ach. Trees near Llanberis. — Z7. ceratina Ach. On rocks in Llanberis Pass. Alectoria hicolor Nyl. Near the summit of Snowdon and in Cwm Glas. — *A. chalyheiforniis Th. Fr. Snowdon at above 3000 ft. ^Geraiiia vermicularis S. F. Gray. On the bare shoulders of Snowdon immediately below the Summit Station, in some abundance, and ranging between 3200 to 3500 ft. or higher. It occurs on ground covered with small stones, associated with SaUx herhacea, Bacomitrmm lanuginosum, Anthelia Juratshaim., Marsupella ustu- lata, Gladonia uncialis var. turgescens^ Lecidea demissa and other alpine species. Xantlwria parietina Th. Fr. Occasionally on walls, gate-posts, and rocks, especially near villages and farms. LLVNEERTS LICTTEXS 111 Placodium iryracenm Anzi var. 'pyritliromum A. L. Sm. An athalline form on a foreign white thallus, the apothecia in small groups, amongst decaying mosses al)ove 8000 ft. on Snowdon. — P.ft'rrugineum Hejip. Very sparingly on a tree near the Castle. CandelarieUa vitellina Miill.-Arg. Frequent around Lhmberis. I*hyscia jyiilverulentn Nyl. Somewhat rare on trees in Llanberis Pass. — *P. steUaris N}^. var. cercidia Nyl. Observed once near Nant Perris. — P. liispida Tuckerm. Frequent, the f, leptulea (Ach.) on trees, and f. tenella (Scop.) on rocks near Lljm Padarn. *Rinodina demissa Arn. On slate near lAyn Padarn. Lecanora gelida Acli. Rocks in Llanl:>eris Pass and above tlie tarn in Cwm Grlas Mawr. — L. suhfusca Ach. var. *ch1arona Ach. Trees near Llanberis. Var. aJIopliana Ach. Trees near the Castle. — L. rugosa Nyl. Apparentl}' rare, seen once on trees near Llanberis. — L. atra Ach. Frequent, and ascending to 3500 ft. on Snowdon. — *L. Hageni Ach. On small stones in Llanberis Pass. — *L. car- pinea Wain. On branches of trees, frequent. — *L. varia Ach. Sparingly on old worked wood near Llanberis. — *L.farinmHa Borr. var. conizcBoides A. L. Sm. On larch near Llanberis. — L. sidpJiurea Ach. Kocks and walls in Llanberis Pass and below Cwm Glas. — *L. epanora Ach. Noticed in several places in Cwm Glas, and on the ascent of Snowdon from Llanberis. — L. polyiropa Schser. Seen very sparingly on Snowdon. — L. hadia Ach. Frequent on boulders, Llanbei-is Pass, Snowdon, and below Clogwjm. — *L. atriseda Njd. Wall in Llanberis Pass, with Lecidea geograpMca. — L. tartarea Ach. Frequent, and fruiting well on tree-trunks and rocks ; the Ya,r. frigid a Ach. on Snowdon above Cwm Glas Mawr. — L. parella Ach. Occasional on walls and rocks. — L. lacustris Th. Fr. Abun- dant on stones below Llanberis Waterfall, and at intervals in the bed of the stream doAvn to tlie lake. — L. Dicksonii Nyl. Frequent, ascending from near the Ll^^n Padarn to tlie summit of Snowdon. Acarospora fuscata Th. Fr. Rocks in Cwm Glas. — *A. smarag-' did a Massal. Rocks below Clogwjm. Pert i( sarin glohidifera Njd. Rare, on trees near Llanberis. — JP.faginea Leight. Rather frequent on trees. — *P. midtipuncia Nyl. Trees near the base of Snowdon, rare. — *P. lacfea Njd. Fre- quent, but always sterile, ascending to the summit of Snowdon. — P. communis Dalla Torre and Sarnth. Only noticed once on a tree near Llanberis. — P. dealhata Cromb. Boulders in Llanberis Pass. Frequent on Snowdon and Clogwyn. — P. leioplaca Schaer. Trees near Nant Perris. Crocgnia lanuginosa Hue. Shady mossy wall in Llanberis Pass. *Racodium rupesire Pers. Rocks in Cwm Glas. GgropJiora polgphgUa Hook. f. congregata T. & B. Rocks below Clogwyn, and near the foot of Crib Goch. — G. cgJindrica Ach. Near the summit of Snowdon and on rocks below Clogwyn. forma denudafa Mudd and var. fimlriafa Ach. Clogwyn. *Var. denticidata Ach. Rocks above Cwm Glas near the summit of Snowdon. — *G. torrefacta Cromb. Observed ver}^ sparingly below Clogwyn. Bceomyces roseus Pers. Seen in a sterile condition only on Snowdon. — B. riifus DC. Itocks in Llanberis Pass. 14 THE JOURZ^AL OF BOTANY Stereocaidon condensatuin Hoffm. With Cerania vermicidaris at 2250 ft. on Snowclon. — S. coralloides Fr. Snowdon. — *S. evo- lutum Graewe. Frequent on walls and rocks. — 8. denudatum Floerke. Cwm Glas and Clogwyn, rather frequent. *\2iY. pulvmatum Th. Fr. Rocks above 3000 ft. on Snowdon. and on boulders near Nant Perris. Cladonia sylvatica Hoffm. Very frequent. — C. uncialis Web. Frequent. The var. turgescens Fr. and *f. obtiisata Ach. high up on Snowdon, rare. — G. i:)yxidata Hoffm. Banks and walls near Llan- beris. Var. chlorophwa Floerk. and *f. lepidophora Floerk. on walls in Llanberis Pass. — O. Jimbriata Fr. form macra Floerk. With the preceding, and also *var. suhcormita Nyl. f. anfilopcBa (Mudd). — *C. lepidota Nyl. f. liypopliylla Cromb. Cwm Glas, Clogwyn, and on Snowdon near the railway at 3500 ft. — -C. cervicornis Schaer. Common on rocks and boulders. — C. soholifera N\d. Cwm Glas. I do not understand the limitations of this and the preceding. The plant we have always called C. cervicornis invariably gives a very distinct yellow reaction with KHO, and I have referred all those without such reaction to C. soholifera. — C. gracilis Willd. Frequent on walls and mossy rocks. — C.furcata Schrad. Cwm Glas. — C. digi- tata Hoffm. Near Llanberis Castle. — *C. sg^uamosa Hoffm. Mossy wood in Llanberis Pass. — C. coccifera Willd. Clogwyn and Cwm Glas. — *C. flahelliformis Wain. Mossy boulders above Llanberis Falls. — *C. macilenta Hoffm. Wood near Llyn Padarn. Lecidea demissa Th. Fr. Snowdon at 8250 ft. — L. lucida Ach. Walls between Llanberis and Nant Perris. — L. coarctata Nyl. var. <?Z«cw;^« Cromb. Slaty rocks below Clogwyn. N-ay. glehulosa Cromb. Llanberis Pass and amongst decaying hepatics &c. near the summit of Snowdon. — *Z. yr«w?«!;/o6'« Schaer. and *L. uliginosa Ach. Cwm Glas. — L. parasema Ach. Trees near Llanberis. — *L. goniophila Schaer. Rocks below Clogwyn and on Snowdon at 3300 ft. — *L. leucophcsa Nyl. Snowdon above 2000 ft. — L. conseiitiens Nyl. Snowdon at about 3000 ft. — L. coutigua Fr. Abundant on rocks, walls, and small stones, with the v2iY. jlavicunda Nyl. A form with minute apothecia occurs. — L. sored iza Nyl. Rare. Rocks below Clogwyn. — L. conjluens Ach. Common, with f. oxydata Leight. The var. rimoso-areolafa Leighton on Snowdon. — L. lapi- ci da Ach.. Boulder in Llanberis Pass; Snowdon. — L. lithopliila Ach. Snowdon at 3250 ft., f. ocliracea Floerk., on rocks below Clogwyn. — *L. plana N}^. Cwm Glas and Clogwyn. — L. lactea Floerke. Rocks near the Snowdon railway at about 3300 ft. — JL. aglcea Sommerf. Rocks below Clogwyn. — L. rividosa Ach. Frequent, and often associated with Lecanora hadia and the next species. — L. Kochiana Hepp. Ascends to above 3250 ft. on Snowdon. The var. lygcea Leight. occurs on rocks below Clogwyn. Megalospora sanguinaria Massal. Boulders in the wood near Llanberis Castle. Biatorina lenticularis Koerb. var. acrustacea Hepp. Rocks on Snowdon at about 2300 ft. — B. confristans A. L. Sm. On decaying Andrecea near the summit of Snowdon. LLANBERIS LTCUENS 15 *Bilimbia cambrica, sp. nov. Thallus indetenninatus granulato- squamulosus vel sqnamulosiis, squamiilis contigiiis vel dispersis Havido- cinereis, marginis promiiierites pallidioribus. Apotliecia nigra priino plana marginata deinde convexa imniarginata et ajtate tuberculata, saepe conglomerata. Epithecium in plagas tenues dissectum brunneuni! Hjpotliecium saturate nigro-fuscum. Parapbyses bene discret^e subcapitatie graciles, apieibus f useescentibus. Spori 24- :3G x 5-7 u fusifornies 3-septatie. Thallus yellowish gre}^ subeffuse, squamulose, squamules roundish and nodulose or larger and irregularly Hexuose, adnate, depressed in the centre, whitish at the elevated margins, scattered or congregate. Apothecia rather small, black, opaque, scattei-ed or several together, in age convex and tuberculate with the margin excluded. Epitliecium brown in section ; hypothecium black, becoming brown upwards. Paraphyses slender, subcapitate. Spores fusiform, 3-5 septate ; 24-36 X 5-7 /.{. On rocks of volcanic ash on Snowdon, above 3U(jO ft. This lichen is very near Bilimbia leucojjhfsoj^sis A. L. Sm., the only locality for which is on Ben Lawers. Like that species it is asso"^- ciated with Sirosiphon saocicola, which forms dark patches between the thalline squamules. It may be only a variety of that species, but is distinguished from it by the whitish margins of the squamules, and the darker thallus. Bilimhia melcBua Arnold. On decaying mosses and hepatics on Snowdon. — B. lignaria Massal. Encrasting decaying mosses hio-h up in Cwm Glas, and over-running Gladonioe and mosses among^st Cerania on Snowdon. Bacidia iimhrina Branth & Eostr. Eocks in the wood by Llyn Perris, vars. tiirgida Th. Fr. and compacta Th. Fr. On walls amongst small mosses in Llanberis Pass. Buellia myriocarpa Mudd. On a tree-stump near Llanberis. — B. colJudens Tuck. Eocks in Cwm Glas. Rhizocmyon geograpliicum DC. Common, with forms coniigua Leight. and urceola Leight.— =^i^. (Ederi Koerb. Boulders in Llan- beris Pass, on Clogwyn, and near the summit of Snowdon. — B. petraum Massal. By the lake in Llanberis Pass. — E. confervoides DC. On stones near Llanberis, and on Snowdon. Artlwnia radiata Ach. and var. Stcartziana Sydow. On oaks near Llanberis Castle ; also a brown form on alders near Nant Perris, Mr. G. Travis. Graphis scripta Ach. Woods near Llanberis Castle. Fli(Eogr aphis inusta Miill.-Arg. *var. macidaris A. L. Sm. With the preceding species. Bermatocarpon aquaticum A. Zahlbr. Stream betAveen Crib Goch and Cwm Glas. *Verrucaria Icevata Ach. Stones in the stream near Llanberis Castle. Arthopyrenia epidermidis Mudd. On birch and oak near Llan- beris and Nant Perris. — A. suhnicans A. L. Sm. On smooth bark near Llanberis Castle ; also found on alders near Nant Perris by Mr. Travis. Borina carpinea A. Zahlbr. Trees near Llvn Pada rn. IG, THE JOURNAL OF EOTANT SOME ROSES FROM DORSETSHIRE. By G. a. BouLENQEii, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S. Whilst spending a fortnight at Studland last summer, I paid special attention to the Roses, represented by a great -variety of forms, some of which could not be brought under any of the definitions in the useful compilation prepared by Major Wolley-Dod for this Journal, summarizing all that is known on the distinction of the British species and varieties and their nomenclature. The following notes show how much can be added to our knowledge of this most intricate subject even in localities one would expect to have been well explored. Rosa ptychophylla, sp. n. A low, erect, lax bush, 4 feet high, rather scantily foliated, the folioles small (24 to 36 mm. by 12 to 20) and folded, so as to appear extremely narrow, and edged with red, which colour makes the stipules and the prickles very conspicuous ; in full bloom in the first half of Jul}^ the flowers (1| inches in diameter) numerous, projecting beyond the terminal leaves of the branches bearing them, solitar}^ gem.inate, or in clusters of three or four, pure white when fully open, feebly scented, the petals in the buds tinged with yellowish pink. Year's shoots stiff, erect, green with bright red prickles. Disc very convex, styles smooth and more or less projecting, often agglutinated in a very distinct column, with the stigmas forming a conical head. Sepals shorter than the petals, narrowl}^ bipinnate, pubescent, Avoolly on the edges, with scattered small red glands ; calyx-tube glabrous, twice as long as l)road ; pedicels smooth or with scattered stipitate glands, 1| to 2| times as long as the cah^x-tube. Bracts large, foliate, very hairy, sometimes reaching the extremity of the corolla. Folioles 7, small, If to 2| times as long as broad, ovate to ovate- lanceolate, rounded at the base, acute at the end, sessile or nearly so, uniserrate without glands, the teeth sharp and numerous (15 to 30 on each side), glabrous, dark green and shiny above, pale green and hairy all over beneath, the hairs very long on the mid-rib ; petioles with prickles and scattered stipitate glands, glabrous or feebly hair}-- ; stipules rather broad, glabrous. Prickles on the flowering branches large or moderate, more or less curved, longer than their basal diameter ; on the year's shoots large and feebly curved, sometimes very crowded and unequal in size, some perfectly straight with broad base, others reduced to acicles ; on old stem numerous, straight or feebly curved, longer (up to twice) than their basal diameter. Studland, Dorsetshire. Three bushes growing close together on a sandy soil among gorse and brambles, near a Bosa ruhiginosa. When I discovered them on July 2nd the}^ were in full bloom, and on the 11th they were only beginning to wane. Branches gathered on the same bushes on Aug. 10th and bi-ought to me by a friend, had the green hips 12 to 16 mm. long by 7 to 10 wide, as long as or a little longer than the pedicels, with convex, i-eddish-brown discs and SOME EOSES FROM DORSETSIIIKE 17 the pistils projecting 3 mm. ; the sepals folded down ; no chanii^e in the coU)ur of the foliag-e. In November, I received ripe liips, with tough, leathery coat, cherry-red (Dauthenay, liepert. de Couleurs, J)!. 1)1, tone •!<), 15 to 18 mm. long b}^ 9 to 11 wide, pedicels 18 to 20 mm. ; disc dark brown, projecting ])istils 2 to 8 mm. long. One which I opened contained G well-formed akenes (6 mm. by 4) in addition to as many imperfectly developed. When I came across these bushes, their ap})earance struck me as utterly unlike anything I had seen before, I was as much startled as when I first saw R. rubrifolia alive, and 1 have since been unable to identify the species from the descriptions of British and Continental authors or after a diligent search through the herbaria in the British and Paris Museums, at Kew, and in the Rouy herbarium in Paris, to whicli Prince lioland Bonaparte has kindly given me access. This Kose falls under the detlnition of the Sfylosce section of the genus, whatever the value of the grou]^ may be as a natural associa- tion. I have compared it with R. sfi/losa, of w^liich the Deseglise herbarium contains an example, from the Dept. Vienne, sent by Desvaux as absolutel}^ typical. In this example, the folioles, 5 or 7 in number, are also sessile, although Desvaux describes them as petiolulate, and bear 15 to 18 teeth on each side, but they are very haiiy above as well as beneath, and more attenuate at the base. Of Ji. IcHcochj'oa, I have seen an authentic specimen from Poitiers (Desvaux, April 181-3) at Kew ; it has broader folioles, pubescent on the ribs onh^, and the flowers are said to emit a pronounced odour of musk. The t^^De of the var. micropliyUa Kou}^, from L'Arboie, Isere, seems to me to represent nothing more than a small-leaved form of R. sti/losa ; folioles pubescent above, not glabrous as stated by Kouy, with 18 to 22 serrije on each side ; sepals longer than the petals, which are stated to be pink ; pedicels smooth. R. systyla, which I have found at Studland, is a high bush similar in habit to the larger forms of R. canina, with larger pink flowers, much larger leaves with petiolulate folioles, projecting beyond the flowers, as in the specimens of R. sfylom and R. leucocliroa figured by Desvaux as well as in all our Roses of the R. canina and R. sti/losa groups ; my specimens agree well with some in the Deseglise collection {R. fastigiata Bast.), also with Christ's description in Rosen der ScJiweiz, as well as with a specimen from the Basle Jura sent by him to Deseglise. I cannot suggest a hybrid origin for this remarkable form. The only llose-bush growing quite near was, as I have said above, a R. rithiginosu ; not far off there were bushes of R. canina which seem to fall under the var. dumalis, with white flowers and mostly 7- foliolate leaves. Bechstein's R. dumalis in the strictest sense has rose flowers and 5-foliolate leaves on the flowering branches. 1 am well acquainted with it in Belgium (Famenne), where, owing to its more shiny and darker foliage and smaller flowers, I can usually distinguish it at a distance from the typical R. canina {luletiana) in hedges where the two grow side by side. White-flowered var. dumalis also occur in the same district in Belgium, but are the exception and not the rule as round Studland, where the half-open petals are often yellow at the base. There is no R. arvensis in the Jouhjsal of I3ot.ln'y, — \()l. 58. [Ja><'Uaei', 1920.1 c 18 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY immediate neiglibourhood, although the character of the leaves not extending beyond the Rowers — an important character which should certainly he included in the definition of B. arvensis, exceptions being very rare — might suggest such a parentage. Crosses between a. arvensis and H. stylosa have been described, but they are quite unlike B. j^tychojjln/Ua. As stated by Burnat and Gremh (Roses Alp. Marit. p. 34), ** L'hypothese de Torigine hybride d'une Rose ne doit etre admise que rarement et apres mur examen." The present form deserves attention and the only course open to me is to treat it, provisionally, as a distinct species, much as I deplore the excessive splitting-up by which some systematists have increased the difficulties of a most perplexing subject of study. Rosa aevensis, var. major Coste. The name var. umhellata Godet should be applied to the remark- ably robust form often called B. hihracfeata Bastard in this country, but for the fact that there is an earlier B. iinibellata (a variety of B. ruhiginosa^ ; Wolley-Dod has suggested the appropriate name major Coste, as Rouy and Foucaud regard B. hihracteata as a B. seinpervirens X stylosa, an opinion which is probably correct. Some of the specimens I have seen in British herbaria are probably hybrids B. arvensis x stylosa. Several bushes grow on the side of the road from Studland to Corfe Castle ; I have found the same form in Surrey, at Clandon. The bush has much the same trailing habit as the typical B. arvensis, but the stems are much stouter, also purple, and the prickles on the flowering branches are large and strongly hooked, instead of small and often straight or nearly so. The folioles are large, dark green and rather shiny above, glabrous, 7, rarely 5 in number, 1| to 2 times as long as broad, the terminal 21 to 39 mm. by 14 to 24, mostly acutely pointed, with 8 to 15 shnple teeth on each side, some of which may bear one or two glands ; petioles glandular and prickly, the prickles sometimes extending under the mid-rib of the folioles. Crepin has attached an undue importance to the nvimber of folioles on the middle leaves of the flowering branches in his keys to the sections and species : thus B. micrantlia has more often 5 than 7 in this country and in Belgium, though not so in Switzerland, and yet is placed in the Canince, defined as having the middle leaves 7-foliolate, whilst 7 as against 5 is given as a useful chamcter for distinguishing B. arvensis from B. semjjervirens. It is well to state that 5 is the rule in B. arvensis, in the South of England at least ; in Smith's English Flora, ii. p. 397, it is described as with "leaflets 5, rarely 7." Flowers large, white, up to 50 mm. in diameter, in clusters of 3 to 9, extending beyond the leaves ; pedicels smooth to densely glandular (in the same cluster), 3 to 6 times as long as the calyx- tube, which is naked; sepals short, pubescent on the inner side, with stipitate glands on the borders, with one or two short, simple pinnae. Although I have carefully examined quite a hundred bushes SOMP] ROSES FlUni D()KSETSITII{1': U) and every specimen in tlie British Musevun (Hritisli collection and Desegiise collection) and Kew herbaria, 1 have not yet come across H. arvensis without any pinnae at all, in spite of the usual cleHnition in books "sepals usually quite entire or very slightly pinnate." In H, hihracteata Bastard the lowers are rosy white : a specimen from Anjou, sent under that name by Basiard to Ivew, seems to be li. sj/stt/la pure and simple. This is not a shar]dy-defined Yariety, as 1 have come across speci- mens with large leaves and solitary or geminate llovvers,. and others with small leaves and um])ellate or corymbose llowers. BOSA ARYENSIS X MICRANTIIA ? A bush about 3 ft. high, growing in a hedge with li. arvensis and i2. micrantha, should perhaps be regarded as a hybrid between these two species, in habit similar to i^. arvensis^ but stems withcmt ))urplish tinge and leaves extending bcA^ond the solitary tlowers, which arc pure white and measure 40 mm. in diameter. Pedicel thickly beset with stipitate glands, 4 to 5 times as long as the calyx-tube, which is oval and abundantl}^ though less prof uselj^ glandular ; sepals short, pubescent on the inner side, with stipitate glands on the borders and two pinnte on each side, these longer than usual in R. arvensis. Leaves all 5-foliolate ; folioles sessile, eglandular beneath but hairy on the mid-rib, which may bear a few prickles, small, \\ to 2 times as long as broad, the terminal 20 to 25 mm. by 10 to 14, acuminate at both ends, with 8 to 12 teeth on each side, each usually bearing one or two glands ; petioles with glands and prickles. Prickles on flowering branches feebly curved, with narrow base. I am not aware of such a supposed hybrid having been described before, but Burnat and Gremli (Suppl. Mon. Boses Alpes Marit. p. 82) mention, without giving it a name, a variation of R. arvensis with 5-foliolate leaves and glandular calyx-tube, which is perhaps to be regarded in the same light, H. micrantJia being recorded from the same locality (Cosio). R. arvensis., var. setosa Bagnall (Midland Natur. v. 1882, p. 181), from Warwickshire, which I have seen at Kew, is perhaps the same hybrid ("arched scrambling bushes, not at all prostrate "). A R. micrantha from Pljaiiouth (Briggs, 18(j7, Herb. Kew), wdth long smooth jDcdicels, is probably another hybrid form between these two species. WolIey-I)od says of the typical R. arvensis that the pedicels " alwaj^s bear sessile or shortly stipitate glands which do not extend to the fruit." I have, however, come across specimens in Surrey with small glands scattered over the whole calyx-tube, as well as others in which the glands are absent, or reduced to a very few, on the pedicel. Christ describes the form repens from Switzerland as with the pedicels smooth or beset with sessile glands. In the South of England and in Belgium the glands are usually distinctly stipitate. A R. arvensis in the Kew Herbarium, from between Ednaston and Hollington, Derbyshire (Exch. Club Rep. 1887, p. 181), named by Crepin R. re^jfans, has doubly serrated folioles, the smaller serrations with 2 or even 3 glands; the tlowers project beyond the leaves. 20 THE JOriiXAL OF BOTA>-Y EosA CA>iXA, var. OBLOKGA. Sosa ohlonga Desegl. & Eip. is mentioned by "NVolley-Dod among the foreign *' species " which should be looked for in this country. A bush at Studland answers the dehnition, and I have been able to compare a tlowering branch with the specimens in the Peseglise herbarium — a rather mixed lot, I think ; there is, however, practical identitv with the small-leaved specimen (no. 892) from Marmao:ne (Cher). A lax bush, 4 ft. high, with small leaves, some tinged with pm-plish red, with purplish-red stipules, small, pale rose solitar}^ tlowers. and strong, straight or feebly curved prickles. Growing isolated. Folioles 5 or 7, 1| to 2 times as long as brpad, the largest 20 mm. in length, acutely j^ointed, rounded at the base, petiolulate, glabrous, ■with stipitate glands on the mid-rib, biserrate (13 to 16 double long and sharp teeth on each side), eglandular on the teeth or only here and there with a stipitate gland, except at the base ; petioles with stipitate glands and uncinate prickles. Corolla 35 mm. in diameter ; sepals nearly as long as the petals, eglandular, with two long, simple pinna? ; pedicel smooth, not longer than the ovate calyx-tube. But for the more obscm-ely gland-tipped secondary serrations of the folioles, this Rose agrees with Baker's definition of the var. hi- serrafa, in the spion^nny of Avhich his B. n'nacea — of which I have examined types from near Thirsk, in Herb. Kew — is placed: " Scarcely different from the last [var. diimalis^ but the serrations open and compound, the petioles more glandular-setose, and the glands extending a little to the midrib beneath. My vinacea has oblong fruit, narrow sharp-pointed leaves and bracts, branches and stipules suffused with vinous red." It seems to me midway between jff. vinacea, with which it is probably connected by specimens such as Mr. Eogers's from Luccombe Chine, alluded to by Major Wollcy- Dod, and the small-flowered and small-leaved, but mostly though not invariably nniserrate var. acipln/Ua Lindley {nee Eau) which should probably bear the name <?.r//^s Crepin (ISOS) into which it grades; I have observed Crepin's var. aciphyJJa growing in Belgium (Han- sur-Lesse and "Wavreille). The three allied varieties, as here understood, may be thus con- trasted : — Serratnre compound, with abundant glands; petioles and sepals glandular var. vinacea. Serratui-e double, without or with very few glands ; petioles glan- dular ; sepals eglandular var. ohlonga. SeiTature simple or irregularly double, without or with very few glands ; petioles eglandulai" or with very few glands ; sepals eglandular var. exiJis. The third variety leads to the typical R. canina {hifetiana) in which the leaves are larger and quite eglandular. SOME ROSES FROM DOESETSHIHE 21 Rosa mtcrantiia, var. Lussert. Rosa Licssf'rl Lagger and Paget, 1873, was described from Bovernier in Valais, Switzerland ; it was placed in the synonymy of B. "permixta IJesegl. by Deseglise, in whose herbarium an authentic specimen from 13overnier, sent by Lagger, is preserved ; the leaves are much less hairy than in others, likewise from Bovernier (Lagger), at Kew, which explains how Crepin (1882), who had also seen authentic specimens, thought it suggestive of certain varieties of R. tomeiitosa. In my opinion it must be regarded as a variety of B. micrantlia Smith {permixta Desegl.), approaching the var. Brir/cjsii Baker, of which I have examined the types at Kew ; but its glandular pedicels preclude identification with the latter. Christ's var. salvifolia, from the Western Alps of Switzerland, is probably a mere moditication of this variety, and Coste's var. maarophylla, from the Charente-Inferieure and the Ain, may be the same ; liouy and Foucaud's key leads to it. The following description is taken from a bush observed on the road from Studland to Corfe Castle : — A robust, tall bush, about 6 ft. high, with fiexuous branches. Flowers 2-3 ; corolla bright pink, as in B. ruhiginosa, 40 mm. in diameter ; disc convex, styles smooth ; sepals nearly as long as the petals, with 2 or 3 long, simple or barbed pinnce bearing stipitate glands on the back and on the margin ; calyx-tube elongate, contracted at the neck, 1^ to If times as long as broad, with stipitate glands at least at the base ; pedicel longer than the calyx-tube, densely stipitate- glandular. Leaves large, up to 85 mm. long, bright green, paler and duller beneath ; young leaves tinged with red ; folioles 5, I-3 to 1| times as long as broad, the largest 42 mm. long, perfectly rounded or more or less acuminate at the end, more or less narrowed at the base, sometimes truly obovate, petiolulate, with scattered hairs on both sides, densely tomentose on the ribs, with small sessile glands on the lower surface ; serrature deep, open, compound, with numerous glands, feeble or obsolete at the base ; the larger folioles with 12 to 18 principal teeth on each side ; petioles tomentose-glandular, with numerous acicles and rather strong, curved prickles. Prickles on flowering branches uniform, strong and hooked. One of the best characters for distinguishing B. micrantJia from B. ruhiginosa appears to me to be the more convex disc in the former, beyond which the smooth styles project considerabl}'- after the fall of the stamens, sometimes answering to the definition of B. stylosa. THE HOME OF INULA HELEN lUM. Bt C. C. Lacaita, M.A., F.L.S. Elecampane has been cultivated for the properties of its root from time immemorial in sundry parts of Europe. This has led to its establishment here and there as a naturalised alien in many regions where it has no claim to be indigenous ; such, for instance, are Great 22 THE .TOTTRXVTi OF BOTAXT Britain, the Low Countries, northern France and Germany, and . Scandinavia. In the Species Plantarum Linnaeus only mentions England and Belgium as the habitat of Inula Helenium. This history has led Beck von Mannagetta in his " Inulse Europeie'- (in Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xliv. (1881)) to maintain that Inula Helenium is a native of middle Asia, and in Europe only sub- spontaneous as an introduced alien ; an opinion re -asserted b}' him in his Flora von Nieder Oesterreicli (1893), 1179, and accepted in some more recent works. The species is no doubt spontaneous in western Asia, but a reference to Boissier's Flora Orientalis is alone safficient to refute Beck's statement as to Europe, except so far as the northern and western parts of the continent are concerned. In Fl. Or. iii. 186, in addition to the Asiatic distribution then known, there are quoted localities in Greece and Macedonia where it is inconceivable that this species can be other than a genuine wild indigenous plant. Such are the middle region of Mount Kyllene in the Peloponnesus, the foot of Mount Olympus, and the high pastures of Scardus. In southern Italy, too, the plant is unquestionably indigenous. Trotter and Komano, who explored the valley of the Cervaro — this valley is traversed by the old high-road, and now by the railway from Na])les to Apulia, and under the name of Yal di Bovino was notorious in the old days for brigandage and highway robbery — some twenty- five miles S.W. of Foggia, on several occasions between 1910 and 1912, say (Nuot. Giorn. Bot. Ital. n. s. xxi. 402) that along the river Cervaro and above it, in the short lateral valleys beneath the wood " Macchione," there are found the most conspicuous asso- ciations of Inula Helenium they know. In a level pasture near the river the Inula forms a company of many hundred individuals, which in July were opening their splendid heads of flower, giving to the spot an unusual look of spring-like gaiety. The authors add, "Beck's hypothesis that this Inula is to be considered a naturalised plant in Europe therefore does not seem to us to be well-founded." Plate ix. fig. 2 in the same publication shows one of the authors standing up to his shoulders in this immense field of Elecampane. I have myself collected Inula Helenium in one of the wildest regions of the southern Apennines, in clayey mountain-pastures between Teggiano and Sacco, miles from any cultivation present or past; on the other hand, it is not recorded from southern Ital}" anywhere in the neighbourhood of gardens from which it might have escaped. In Spain, too, according to Willkomm & Lange (Prodr. Fl. Hisp. ii. 46) it is found "in pratis et graminosis, ad fossas regionis montanae Hispanise lorealis, cent al. et oriental, passim." This is not the behaviour of an intiodiced alien. SHORT NOTES 23 SHOKT NOTES. Ertthti."ea scillotdes Chaubard. In the 1918 Report of the Botanical Exchange Chib (p. 290, " July," 1919) Dr. Druce treats Mr. Arnett's Pembrokeshire plant as a variety of the Azores species and names it porfensis, which is the name of the Portuguese form. He says that Malinvaud " held the plants to be distinct species," and that Le Jolis "also considered it to be a distinct species." Dr. Druce evidently has not read Le JoHs' paper of 1896 — for references see my article in Journ. Bot. 1918, 321 — where that author goes very fully into the matter and regards the two as identical ; nor did he in any of his previous works express the opinion implied in Dr. Druce's remarks. Dr. Druce's observations about " Malinvaud " are also erroneous : I omitted to refer to him because he was only writing a notice, in which he gives no opinion of his own, of Le Jolis' paper : moreover, the remark quoted as from Malinvaud does not exist. I note that Dr. Druce makes no reference to my article ; when his attention was called to this at the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 6, he explained that the B. E. C. 'Report — which, although dated " July 1919 " did not reach the members of the Club until late in October — was already in type when my paper appeared in November, 1918 ; certain coincidences of expression must therefore be regarded as accidental. The only tangible difference between the Azorean and the European plant seems to be that the former is "always white- flowered." When investigating the matter I started by supposing that the plants might be different not only in the Azores but in Portugal and North France. In the Azores the species is stated to be extremely variable, and Le Jolis says the same of the French plant. My examination showed that the habit of the species in the Azores sometimes more resembles that of an ordinary ErythrcBa than it does in Europe, but I could find no way of separating them. I have a distinct impression that I have read somewhere a statement by one who had gathered the plant in the Azores that the flowers were as often pink as white, but at present I cannot find it. Since the history of the Linnean name is unsatisfactory, it may be well, at any rate for the present, to call the British plant JE. porfensis Brot. — A. J. WiLMOTT. Ojs- Collecting Roses. I should like to impress upon collectors of Roses the extreme importance of collecting well-developed fruit^ not necessarily fully ripe which has become pulpy, but that which has fully reddened, though if the sepals have already fallen it is not necessary to wait for the reddening stage provided the fruit is fully grown. I would rather have a specimen to name gathered in late October, or even November, than in June. I have just been looking through a collection of about sixteen specimens from Ireland by Mr. Stelfox, in which he at first sent me flowering specimens, or young fruit, promising me ripe fruit later, I named these ^ pro- visionally and kept them by me till the fruiting specimens arrived ; these showed that I was wrong in my provisional names in three cases, and I was able to give names to three others I had given up in the flowering stage. In fact, I could have named every one 24 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAISTT from the fruiting pieces alone; but I must add that mv diagnoses were greatly helped by the generous supply of material Mr. Stelfox sent me, and I have greater confidence in the majority of the names I have given him than in those for any collection I have yet seen. The genus Rosa as represented in Britain unquestionably consti- tutes our most dilticult one. On this subject I will not now spread myself, but much of the doubt I often have to express on specimens is due to collectors sending me the ends of flowering shoots, which are almost useless. The colour of the petals is of small value, and both ])riclvles and leaflets are often abnormal in shape on the ends of the flowering shoots ; while the direction and persistence of the sepals on the ripe fi-uit, as well as the shape of the latter, is quite lost in flowering specimens. Pieces of barren shoots also are often abnormal, the best specimens being those cut from the wood of tlie previous year with two or three flowering branches attached. More than one specimen from each bush also facilitates diagnosis. — A. H. WOLLEY-DOD. ^Salsola. caefka Sparrman. This name, which is published in Sparrman's Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope (17S5) does not seem to have been taken up by subsequent authors. It is evidently svnonymous with S. apliylla L. f. (Suppl. 173: 1781), but it may be worth while to extract the passage relating to it : " There is another shrub frequently found in the Carrow, which grows here [Lange-dal] likewise, and is called Canna-hoscli ; whence the whole tract of country hereabouts bears the name of Cannas, and not Canaan'' s Land, as Mr. Mason [Masson] has called it in the Philo- sophical Transactions [Ixvi. 287] ... A road between Artaquas and Lange-kloof ... is called Canna's hoof/teov Canna's heights. Having examined this same Canna-shrub, I found that, in strict propriety, it formed a new species of Salsola ; for which reason, in my manuscript descriptions of plants, I have called it Salsola caffra^foliis minutis siihrotundis, carnosis, co?icavis, inihricafis. The leaves have a bitter salt taste, and burned together v/ith the whole shrub produce very strong ashes, excellently well ada])ted for the purpose of making- soap ; for whicli reason, particular attention is paid by the CaiTow farmers to the culture of this plant. In the parts of the flower, the Canna-shYnh so far differs from the generical character of the Salsoltf in the sixth edition of the Getiera Plantarum, inasmuch as this species has a little obsolete style, with two or three brown stigmas. The remaining parts of its character were, Stam. jil. hreviss. Antherce cordatce, Calyx perianth, ptersistens, Gapsitla 5 valvis, 1 locularis, and semen 1 cochleatum, as in the Salsola, or rather resembling a watch-spring coiled up " (i. 297 : I quote from the second edition (1786), but believe this does not differ from the first). In Flora Gapensis, v. 1. 453, the vernacular name is given as " Brak Ganna." — James Bkitten. Cystopteeis MONTANA IN Banffshibe. In the Life of a Scotch Naturalist, Thomas Edward, by Samuel Smiles, ed. 3 (1877), it is recorded that from time to time Edward sent occasional natural History notes to the local Banfshire Journal : in one of them he reported that this beautiful Fern had been "found on Benrinnes SnollT NOTES 25 by a gentleman from England and s(uit to me as a rarity " (p. 212). 1 cannot lind any note of the occurrence of this species in Banffshire in Dickie's Guide (18G0), Top. Bot., Craib's Banffshire Flora (1911), or elsewhere. This mountain, the most northerly outlier of the G-rampian Chain, which rises to 2755 feet, seems a very likely spot for the plant, and one hopes the discovery may be confirmed. — C. E. Salmon. ^ PoA OMEiENSis, comb. nov. Mr. C. V. Piper has kindly drawn my attention to the preoccupation of the name gracillima, under which I described a Poa from Mt. Omei, Szechuen, in Journ, Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxxvi. 424 (1904). I regret to have over- looked the previously described Poa c/racillima Vasey (Contrib, U.S. National Herbar. i. 272, 1893). The Chinese species may take the name Poa omeiensis. — A. B. Rendle. ^^^^^ H. W, Burgess (Journ. Bot. 1918, 223). Burgess's "official position " is explained by the fact that in J833 — and probably some 3^ears earlier — he was Landscape Paintep in ordinary to William IV. He exhibited at the Royal Academy from 1809 to 1844, and most of his exhibits were of trees and landscapes — in 1812 and 1813 he exhibited pictures of ilex and cedar trees. The art of painting was practised by several successive generations of the Burgess family for about a century and a half : William Burgess, father of Henry William, was an exhibitor at the lloyal Academy 1774 to 1811. — W. Roberts. Euphrasia iiirtella Jord. Too late for an additional para- graph to my paper in the December number (p. 336), I have received from Mr. Pugsley robust specimens of E. Iiirtella collected last August by Miss Armitage near Llanberis. These are barely distin- guishable from specimens I gathered at the head of the Roseg Valle}^ Engadine (6500 ft.), July 1900, which the late Mr. Townsend had determined as -E". minima^ but which to me seem good Iiirtella. The Swiss specimens are 11-15 cms. liigh, considerably taller than any E. minima I remember seeing. They are naturally less mature than the later specimens from Llanberis gathered at a much lower eleva- tion ; and notwithstanding the lov/er internodes being longer than in the Welsh specimens, a feature wliich Mr. Pugsley says is not constant and was omitted from Wettstein's diagnosis, I believe both gatherings to be Iiirtella. — H. S. Thompson. Satureja MONTANA L., IN PIants. In 1912, I first gathered this South-European plant in the station in which Hyssopus officinalis L. has been known for centuries to occur, viz., the crevices in and summits of ruined walls at Beaulieu Abbey, New Forest, Hants. It seems more abundant than the Hj'ssop, and is mostly difficult to obtain, groAving some distance out of reach. Being a perennial, its stems become thick and almost gnarled, and it is not surprising that it has been, till now, considered an attenuate variety of Hyssopus. As such I sent specnnens to the Botanical Exchange Club some years ago, but I was never satisfied with this determination, and worked it down to S. montana L. ; Mr. E. G. Baker has con- firmed my view, as well as Mr. G. C. Druce, to whom I also sent specimens. The latter infoi-ms me that Miss C. E. Palmer gathered 26 THE JOUKXAL OF EOTAXT it in til is same locality in 1900, naming it Ryssoims, and he likewise found it there in 1908, but omitted to record it. It has, however, been noted {vide B. E. Club Eeport, 1908, ii. 350) for "Sussex, as an alien," exact locality unknown to me. This is the first time it has been actually recorded for Hants, although doubtless it has been there, with Dianthus lylumarius L. and Ryssopus officinalis L. ever since the da_Ys of the monks, this Abbey being dissolved in 1589, temp. Henry VIII. As both the aforementioned have long been admitted to our Floras, the insertion of Satureja moniana should follow on the same grounds. — J. Cosmo Mela^ill. HE VIEWS. Le M If the des SymUotes. Par Auguste LuiiiEEE, Pp. xi + 205. 6 fr. 8vo. Masson, Paris, 1919. The tendency of modern bacteriologists has been to glorify their ■own objects of research at the expense of higher organism, even to the extent of imagining all protoplasm to be essentially bacterial in composition, or, again, that the plasma of higher animals exists in a state of symhiosis with bacteria in all the tissue-units : they suggest, for example, that no tissue is aseptic, that mitochondria are really bacterial in nature, and that such substances as vitamines are the product of symbiotic bacterial action (Portier, 1917). It is easier to start such hypotheses than either to prove or disprove them, and in the present volume M. Lumiere proceeds to demolish the views put forward by Portier. Cultures of bacteria from tissues of the frog and guinea-pig show that such germs exist only as saprophytic or parasitic forms, more or less in a resting-stage, in the internal organs. Injections of bacterial cultures in the vege- tative condition are rapidly cleared from the blood and tissues. Isolated resting-stages on culture prove to be common innocuous forms with no special attributes. The relation of the host and parasite is not so much a symbiosis as a fight in which the higher organism, as such a term would imply, is quite competent to look after itself. The work is of interest to botanists, since conceptions of a very similar state of S3a-nbiosis in plant-forms, as in the case of root- tubercles and endotrophic mycorhiza, are apt to be somewhat over- done. In all such relations among higher plants the '* symbiosis " is of very restricted nature, only helpful to the host when ending in the death and digestion of the intruder. In other respects the idea of bacterial plasma existing within the cytoplasm of the host lias much in common with older and exploded theories of the myco- plasm of parasitic fungi. A very useful Hst of literature is .appended. A. H. C. ELEMENT ART NOTES ON STRUCTURAL BOTANi' 2/ Elementary Notes on Structural Botani/. Oxford Botanical Me- moirs, No. 4. By A. H. CiiUHCir, M.A. Pp. 1-27. Price 2s. net. Oxford University Press, 1919. Tins short "memoir" is a series of schedules intended to cover a course of twelve lectures with accompanying practical work of twelve periods of two hours each. The general treatment follows closely the conventional, lines, and the suggested objects for practical study are mostly those in common use. In reference to the latter, however, we note that the specialized lamina? of Ficus elastica, NynqjJicea, and Laiwndnla are emploj^ed, whilst in the microchemical reactions the us J of 25 °/q HjSO^ with phlorogiucin is advocated in place of hydro- chloric acid. Starting with the conception of the cell, the author deals in suc- cession with the growth of the shoot, the leaf, Photos^aithesis, Transpiration, Stem-structure, Root-structure, the Transpiration - stream, and perennating organs. The anatomical details are inter- spersed throughout with occasional notes regarding the physiological functions, a feature which could with advantage have been carried further. The outcome is a series of lessons which follow a logical sequence in a connected whole. The advocacy of micrometer measure- ments by elementary students is a suggestion that might well be ado))ted as calculated to inculcate greater accuracy of observation. The only serious omission we have noted is that of light as a controlling factor in the stomatal mechanism. It is also to be regretted that the word proteid is used throughout in place of the more modern protein. Whether the practical work involved could be adequately com- passed in the time allotted we have considerable doubts, but teachers in general will find the scheme useful if only for comparison with that which they themselves adopt. E. J. S. Flora of the Presidency of Madras. By J. S. Gamble. Part III, (pp. 391-575). lO's. net. Adlard & Son. This part deals with the Flora from the Leguminosce Ccssalvini- oidece to Caprifoliacece. We have tested various genera and find the work carefully done, though we are not always in agreement with the author in his conclusions. He supplants Foinciana L. by Delonix Rafinesque (PI. Tellur. ii. 92 (1836)). Linmeus (Syst. ed. i. 1735) took JPoinciana from Tournefort who founded it on the plant now referred to Ccesalpinla as C. pulcherrima Sw. : Linnaeus (Cent. ii. 16. (1756) ; Amcen. iv. 318 (1759)) added P. elata. Bentham and Hooker, Dalla Torre, and Harms retain Poinciana for three African and Asiatic species ; we should be inclined to follow this course, and to start the genus from the Centuria or the Amoenitates rather than suppress it altogether. The genus Acacia is of peculiar difficulty, especially as to the discrimination and limitation of the species allied to A. Catechu Willd. In his clavis Mr. Gamble states the spines are hooked and short in A. Sannf Buch. Ham., A. Catechu, and A. Sandra DC.,. 28 TltR JOTTEXAL OF BOTAINT and that in tlie first two of these the petals are white and villous. But Kurz in his Forest Flora (i. 422) says that the spines of A. Suma are usually straight and makes A. Simdra DC. a variety of A. Catechu, and that the calyx and petals of A. Gatechu proper are more or less appressed and pubescent. Much confusion has occurred with these plants, as the A. Gatechu of Bentham (in Hook. Lond. Journ. i. 510) and of Beddome (Fl. Sylvat. t. 49) is A. Suma\ the A. Gatechu of the Flora of Tropical Africa (ii. 344) is referred by Harms to A. Suma and by some authorities to A. campylacantha Hochst. ; the true A. Gatechu is figured by Eoxburgh in his Goro- mandel Plants, t. 175. The spikes of A. Suma are tomentose, the young leaves greyish pubescent, and the bark white or greyish white ; in A. Gatechu (including A. Sicndra DC.) the spikes are glabrous or pubescent, the' leaves glabrous or nearly so, and the bark dark brown. We find some difhculty in using the author's measurements, which are in inches and decimal parts of an inch ; thus the leaflets of Acacia Boxhurqhii are •1--125 inches by '025 inches and the leaflets of A. GamphelUi are '075 by '025 inches. The work when completed will be a most useful guide to the Flora of Madras — one of its important features being its light weight aud portability. ^ E. a. B. Science and Fruit Growing-. Being an Account of the Besults obtained at the Wohurn Experimental Fruit Fa7^m since its foundation in 1894. By the Duke of Bedfoed, K.G-., F.R.S., and Spencer Pickering, M.A., F.ll.S. Macmillan & Co., pp. xxii, 351, 1919. Price 12s. Qd. uet. If the first word of its title does not frighten them away from it, this book should have a most useful educative result upon the so- called practical man. As the authors remark (p. 109) : — " Perhaps the oft-repeated, and more often mistaken cry of the antagonism between theory and practice, is the reason why growers are so preju- diced against experiments, mistaking experiment for theory, and the blind observance of traditions for practice." The obviously practical conclusions reached — as, for instance, in the desirability of reducing the pruning of fruit-trees to a minimum and the uselessness of manure for these trees — should demonstrate the value of the experiments ; and the whole book forms an invaluable lesson in the art of scientific experiment and in the logical induction of results. It was fitting that, after twenty-five years' work and on the eve of the transference of a private enterprise to Government control, a general account should be published of the varied ex- periments hitherto only made known in sixteen special reports ; and this is well given in the present volume. It is prefaced by an admirable chapter giving a summary of the structure and physiology of the higher plants and some necessary general explanations of the nature of fungi and insects. Eoom might, perhaps, have been found for some reference to heteroecism among parasitic fungi; but it would be difficult to suggest any improvement in the accounts of the specific fungi, the silver-leaf and the potato-disease, and the particular insect-pests to which special chapters are devoted. SCIENCE AND FRUIT GROWING 29 A detailed discussion of various fungicides aud insecticides leads to a serious arraignment of the Food Production Department for their wholesale advocacy of a single spraying solution and that a faultily- composed one ; hut the investigations of greatest scientific interest are, perha])s, those discussed in chapters xxv-xxix, as to the sterilizing effects of heat and of anaisthetics on soils, the production of chemical changes independent of their bacterial contents, the difference in the soil conditions desirable for germination and for subsequent growth, and the demonstration (by a process of exhaustion in which aeration, bacteria, alkalinity, water-supply, and general impoverishment are in turn dismissed as insufficient explanations) that plants produce toxic substances in the soil which are for a short time detrimental to the growth of others. The book contains excellent portraits of its authors and well- chosen photographic plates and illustrations in the text. Gr. S. BOULGER. Botany for Agricultural Students. By John N. Martin, Professor of Botany at the Iowa State College of Agriculture. New York : John Wiley & Sons. London : Chapman & Hall, 1919, pp x, 585. Price 12s. U. net. We are told in the Preface that "this book is intended for elementary courses in Botany in colleges and universities," that its " aim has been to present the fundamental principles," and that it is intended for one year's work, accompanied by laboratory work. The first half of the work is devoted to the anatomy and physiology of Spermatophytes, in which, to suif the time of year at which the loAva com*se begins, flowers, seeds, and fruits are dealt wifh before histology and the vegetative organs. Special sections are devoted to seed-analysis, the testing of germinative capacity, the soil as the home of roots, pruning, grafting, etc. The second half deals with " Plants as to kinds, relationships, evolution and heredity," which means a tolerably full account of algte, myxomycetes, bacteria, funo-i, bryo- phytes, pteridophytes, and gymnosperms, and a very brief description of twenty-seven families of angiosperms, followed by a chapter on ecology and three others giving an excellent if not very critical -sketch, in some fifty pages, of the conclusions of Lamarck, Darwin, De Yries, Weismann, and Mendel as to evolution, mutations, heredity, and plant-breeding. Students intending to devote themselves to agriculture are hardly likely to be interested in so detailed an account of alga?, or biyophytes, horsetails or club-mosses ; and, except under a sj^stem savouring over- much of "cram," Ave should have thought the book sufficient as a manual for three years rather than one-year's study. Certainh^ until students have acquired considerable first-hand knowledge of plants they cannot well be in a position to appreciate at their true value the wide-reaching conclusions dealt with in the last three chapters. If American text-book writers wish their books to be adopted for English use, they must add the scientific names to such popular ones as "Wandering Jew," "Beggar Tick," or "Horse Nettle." The second of these names belongs to Bidens, the third to Solanum caroliiiense : " Jimson weed " may be well known to be Datura 30 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Sframoniuiu ; but *' Woodbine " will not suggest 'di\ Amjielopsis to English students ; and what is the " Wandering Jew " ? The book is well jDrinted and illustrated with text-figures which have necessitated the use of a heavily-claj^ed paper, so that the volume weighs nearly three pounds avoirdupois ! Gr. S. BOULOER. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. The Annual Report of the Cambridge Botanic Garden pays a high tribute to the work of Mr. R. Irwin Lynch as Curator — a post which he has occupied since 1879 and from which he retired last May on the ground of ill-health. It contains notes on the plants of special interest that have been received or have flowered during the year : under the former heading we note that Strafiofes aloides " has again been introduced into Coe Fen. from Norfolk ; for many years it grew on Coe Fen by introduction from the Rosh^'n Pit, Ely, where the plant now appears to be extinct." We regret that Cambridge should continue to countenance a practice which one would have hoped was confined to one or two irresponsible individuals — Ave say *' continue," because similar action was taken with regard to Lathrcea cJandesfi/ia, which was planted from the Botanical Gardens in a wild-looking spot, and misled an observer to think he had discovered a new British plant (see Journ. Bot. 1908, 128 ; 1910, 79). Further experiments on plant breeding have been carried out by Miss vSaunders on Matthiola iiicana: "A compile series of intermediates has been obtained between the hoary type and the glabrous (Wallflower-leaved) varieties of Matthiola, and the inter-relationships of these forms have been established. A distinguishing feature of all the inter- mediate grades has been found to be the gradual assumption of the characteristic appearance in the course of development in contrast to the constant and uniform appearance exhibited at all stages by the extreme forms. Hence for the identification of the intermediates it is necessary to examine the plants at intervals, whereas the type is recognisable as soon as the plumule is visible." Frederick Raine, who was born at Durham, 16 Sept., 1851, died at Hyeres, 21 April, 1919, after a long illness. He went south about thirty j^ears ago, on account of ill-health. He had a fine her- barium of French and other flowering-plants, which he bequeathed to the Natural History Museum, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Raine took great pains in the selection and drying of his botanical specimens, which are remarkably good ; the orchids in particular are a very fine and well-preserved set — he spent much time in their study and was keenly interested in hybrids. Albert and Jahandiez named a new hybrid Ophrys Rainii — (O. arachnites X homhglijlora) — in his honour. A reserved but kindly man, he was ever willing to help English and American visitors to H3^eres with information about local plants and other matters. He could rarely be persuaded to publish any notes, but many of his plant-records appear in the work on the flora of the Department of the Var published in 1908 by Albert and Jahandiez, as well as in the charming volume on Les lies BOOK-NOTES, IsEWS, ETC. 31 iVIlyeres (Paris, 1914), Avhich the brothers Jalmndiez compiled, illustrated, and printed in their house at Carqueiranne. — H. S. T. Dii. James Small has reprinted in pamphlet form from the Pharmaceutical Journal (17 Bloomsbury Square, W.C., Is. net) an interesting and very comprehensive essa}^ on The Ajyplication of Botany to the Utilisation of Medicinal Plants. The aim of the author "is in the first place to demonstrate the value of botany to the pharmacist, and in the second place to interest the present generation of students in the man}^ interesting problems ^vhich, although they have a direct bearing on the exploitation of the plant as a healer, are also purely botanical in the methods required for their solution and in many of the results of such solution. In fact, [the paper is] an attempt to revive the Theophrastian point of view which considers the medicinal plant primarily as a flant and only secondarily as medicinal, in contradistinction to the Dioscoridean point of view, which considers the medicinal plant only as a drug, very little notice being taken of the life and affinities of the druo-- yielding organism. In order to make any considerable progress we luust learn from the past, by a rational study of the history of medicinal plants, what methods may be used, what results may be expected, and what dangers may be avoided. A i-apid review of the subject from pakTeolithic times to the beginning of last centurv will, therefore, be put forward, not in an attempt to summarise the history of such a period, but to elucidate and illustrate the chief lessons it has to teach us." The type — that used in the Journal — is un- pleasantly small, and one wonders whether it would not have paid to have produced the essay in book-form in larger tj^pe, to which its merits seem to entitle it. The Kew Bulletin (no. 9) contains an exhaustive paper by Mr. Lacaita on the history and name of the " Jerusalem Artichoke '* {TLelianthus tuberosus), in which the introduction of the plant into Europe is traced; the tubers first reached England in 1617. The section on the name is at least as interesting as that on the plant : the former dates from 1622, when it appeared in the second edition of Venner's Via recta. The popular explanation, originated by J. E. Smith in 1807, that "Jerusalem" is a corruption of the Italian girasole, is conclusively set aside : " there has never existed such an Italian combination as the c/irasole articiocco assumed by Smith as the origin of our Jerusalem artichoke," nor does Mr. Lacaita's tentative suggestion seem conclusive. In the same number is an equally important and exhaustive essay by Sir David Prain and Mr. Burkill on " Dioscorea sativa," which contains much matter of bibliographical as well as of botanical value. Biographies of the late William Gilson Farlow, the eminent American mycologist (1814- 1919), and J. W. H. Trail (with bibliography) are included in the number, which contains more than seventy pages and, happy in the possession of a well-bestowed Government subsidy, is published at fivepence ! At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Nov. 20 last, Dr. G-. C. Druce exhibited specimens of, and made remarks on, what were announced as " Two New British Plants." Of one, Eri/thrcea scil- loides Chaub., a full account was given in this Journal for 1918, 32 BOOK-NOTES, IfEWS, ETC. pp. 321-3, by Mr. Wilmott, to whom specimens were sent by Mr. J. E. Arnett, from North Pembrokeshire, on its discovery: a further note will be found on p. 23 of this number. The other, Ajiicja genevensis, was discovered by Miss Fry on the Berkshire downs in May, 1918, where it is limited to a small area but appears undoubtedly native. At the same meeting Prof. R. C. McLean made a communication entitled " Sex and Soma." The author enlarged upon the recently- discovered phase of multinucleosis in the developing soma cell of higher plants. The genetic interest of the phenomenon has not received sufficient consideration, and the present paper was designed to direct attention to the possibilities involved. The author main- tained, in opposition to Arber and Beer, that there is evidence of nuclear reunions taking place in the multinuclear cells, and he characterized these fusions as modified sexual conjugates consequent upon the long series of vegetable divisions in the lineage of a soma cell, and necessary to avoid the degeneration which experiment shows to be attendant upon prolonged vegetative propagation. The develop- ment of the plant body may thus be regarded as embracing two phases of stimulus : firstly, the normal sex stimulus which initiates the period of maximum cell proliferation, and, secondly, this somatic nuclear union, initiating the period of maximum differentiation. Tissue differentiation, it was suggested, ma}^ be associated with some process of segregation subsequent to this nuclear fusion. The separation of sex characters in the development of monoecious organisms was pointed to as evidence of the existence of such segre- gation during development. It was finally suggested that germinal modifications as well as somatic segregations may be derived from a mechanism of nuclear fractionization and subsequent partial reunion in somatic cells. The post of Sherardian Professor of Botan}^ at Oxford, vacant by the retirement of Dr. S. H. Vines, has been filled by the appointment of Dr. Frederick William Keeble, F.R.S., of whose botanical career some account was given in the Times of December 20. Dr. Keeble has edited the Gardeners' Chronicle since 1908, and has contributed reviews to our own pages. The Report for 1918 of the Botanical Exchange Club includes what is evidently a useful monograph of the British Batrachia, by Mr. W. H. Pearsall, and a supplement to the Flora of Berkshire compiled by its author, Dr. G. C. Druce. The Journal of the Boyal Horticultural Society (xlv. pt. 1 : October) contains an account by Dr. Daydon Jackson of Pritzel's Index and of the forthcoming" new edition, which was referred to last year in this Journal (p. 104). The Rev. W. Wilks has retired from the secretarj^ship of the Royal Horticultural Society— a position which he has occupied with conspicuous success since 1888. He is succeeded by Mr. W. R. Dvkes, whose fine work on The Genus Iris was noticed m this Jo\irnal for 1913, p. 103. SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. JOHN WHELDON &. CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.G. 2. Telephone: Gerrard 1412. FOR SALE.— 'Tournal of Botany for 1888 to 1918, 10/- per vol., bound (a few in parts, 8/- per vol.). WANTED— Vols, for 1868, 1870, 1872, 1874. C. E. Salmox, Keigate. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRIT T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. 'J'he Jouenal of BotajS^y was established in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.- Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 pp. 3... 4 pp. is. 6d. 8 pp. 7s. 12 pp. 9s 16 pp 10s Gd 25 ,, 4s. 5s. M. „ 8s. ,= lis. 6(7. 13s. .50 !5 hs. 6s. Od. „ 9s. „ 12s. 6d. 14s. 100 ,, 7s. ,, 8s. Od. „ 10s. 6d. „ 14s. ,, 15s. 6d. Sepai ate Titles , Plates and Specia 1 Wrappers extr a. TAYLOE & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion, Insertions. Insertions. Page £2 Os. Od. ^81 10s. OcZ. each dBl 12s. 0c7. eacin Half-page 12 6 10 0 ., 17 6 ,. I All Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ [net. Eighth-page 76 70 „ G 6 „J All applicatiotis for space to be made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. it JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS Price SLv Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawmgs for Sowerby's ' EngUsh Botai^y ' (pp. 276). By F. A. Gaery. Price Five Shillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a-crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lixton, M.A. Flora of Glamorganshire. By the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, B.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). B}^ Major A. H. Wollei-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallmais', F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price Figliteen-iyence. The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Rev. H. G. Jamesox. Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. 6^/. each). British Euphrasia^. By Cedeic Buckxall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Beitten, F.L.S. Linnaeus's 'Flora Anglica.' Prices in all cases net, post free. Orders ivith remittance should be addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, EED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.4. Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.) are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. No. 686 FEBRUARY, 1920 Vol. LVIII THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BEITBH AND TOREIGN EDITED Bi' JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM. CONT PAGE Epijxictis viridiilora Reich. By- Colonel M. J. GODEERY, F.L.S. I (Plate553.) 33 \ I The Uredinese of West Somerset. By Norman G. Hadden 37 i PoUinosis ("Hay-Fever"). "By E. | Philip Smith 40 Alabastra Dirersa. — Part XXXII. By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S 44 CorneKus Varley (1781-1873). By James Groves, F.L.S 50 ENTS PAGE Wayfaring- Notes from Great Nama- qualand. By R. F. Rand, M.D., late Lt.-Colonel, S.A.M.C 53 Short Notes : — Newspaper Botany — Sex-terma for Plants — Juncus pygma3U3 Rich 55 Reviews : — Dr. John Fotherg-ill and his Friends : Chapters in Eighteenth Century Life. By R. Kingston Fox, M.D 56 Thalassiophyta and the Subaerial Transmigration. By A. H. Church, M.A. 59 Book-Notes, News, etc 61 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Price One Shilling and Ei(/hfpence THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES B R I T T E N, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTAIENT OF BOTANY, BllITISH MUSEUM. The JouE]srAL of Botaisty was established in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J . Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, .carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Oe^don. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occu^jy the vast field of general Botany, the Journal has from its inception filled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especialh' concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Bibliographical matters have also received and continue to receive considerable attention, and the history of man}-- obscure publications has been elucidated. Every number contains reviews of new and important books written by competent critics : in this as in ever}" other respect a strictly independent attitude has been maintained. While in no way officially connected with the Department of Botany of the British Museum, the Journal has from the first been controlled by those whose acquaintance with the National Herbarium has enabled them to utilize its pages for recording facts of interest and importance regarding the priceless botanical collections which the Museum contains. Oommmiications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford, AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 pp.3i\ 25 „ „ 4s. 50 „ „ 5s. 100 „ „ 7s. 4 pp. 4s. <6d. „ 5s. M. „ 6s. Od. „ 8s. Od. pp. 7s. „ 8s. „ 9s. „ 10s, 6d. 12 pp. 9s. I 16 pp. 10s. 6d. ,, lis. 6cL I „ 13s. „ 12s. ed, „ 14s. ,, 14s. ,, 15s. 6d. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions. Page £2 Os. Od. £1 lOs. O^Z. each ^81 12s. Od. eacb^ Half-page 12 6 1 0 0 „ 17 6 ,. I All Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ 10 0 „ f net. Eighth-page 7 6 .7 0 „ 6 6 „ J All applications for space to he made to Mr. H. A. eOLLlNS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. Journ. Bot, Plate 553. A. EPIPACTIS VIRIDIFLORA var. LEPTOCHILA Godfery. B. E. LATIFOLIA All. C. E. VIOL ACE A Dur. Duq. 1. Side view of columa, lip, and ovary, 2. Back view. 3. Front view. a, anther ; p, pollinia ; r, rostellum ; s, stigma ; st, staminode : o, ovary. 33 EPIPACTIS VmiDIFLORA Reich. By Colonel M. J. Gtodfery, F.L.S. (Plate 553.) In the Journal of Botany for 1919 (pp. 87-42) I described and named the var. leptochila of E. viridijiora Kchb., contrasting it with E. vlolacea Dur. Duq. Owing to the neeessary drawings not being completed, I could not then go into the questio.i of its specific distinctness from E. lafifolia AIL, of which m )st Continental authors regard it as a mere form or variety. 1 now re})air this omission. Differences in the Vegetative Organs. The root-system in E. latifolia consists of a bunch of fleshv cylindrical processes springing from the base of the stem and forming a dense tassel round it. Last August I found E. latifolia with seven stems growing in a tuft from one root-crown, a habit which appears to be rare. Here then, if anywhere, was an opportunity to see a fully developed rhizome. The number of roots was very great — they radiated in a circle in every direction, packed tight together, forming a raised mass or crown, from which arose seven How^ering stems, and eight new buds. On turning the root upside down, it was seen to be dome-shaped in its original position. The roof of this dome con- sisted entirely of brownish-white cylindrical roots tightl}^ pressed together. There was no central rhizome or descending root ; I then cut a vertical section through the thick root-crown, with a view to discovering the expected internal rhizome. The section showed that the mass consisted almost entirely of rootlets, the white circular sections of which occupied most of the space in the cut surface. In the neighbourhood of the new buds there were irregularly triangular sections of what appeared to be small separate solid bodies. There was no common rhizome. In E. viridijiora there is a long descending rhizome from which fleshy roots spring at the nodes at different levels throughout its length. At the base, above the roots, there is a thick" common rhizome from which the steins arise. The plant is deep down in the soil and difficult to dig up, whilst latifolia is easil}^ unearthed. In viridiflora each bud has only one rootlet, springing from its base, on the outside, whilst in latifolia there are two, one on each side, in the angle between the bud and the stem. The leaves in both plants vary in different specimens, and no clear line of demarcation can be drawn. They are, however, differently arranged. In viridiflora they are nearly distichous, except some- times the uppermost bract-like leaves. In latifolia the three lowest leaves spring from the stem at approximately an angle of (50° from each other, forming a kind of false rosette (but of course at different levels from each other) round the base of the stem. The sepals and petals are entirely green in viridifora (very rarely Journal of Botany. — Vol. 58. [Ferkuary, 1920.1 i) 34 TUE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SO in latifolla) and are longer, more acute, and much more acuminate than in the latter. The epichile is long, narrow, and acuminate, not broad and recurved as in latifolia. Differences in the Eepeoductite Organs. Plate 553 shows more clearly than a detailed description the differences between the two species. In figs. A 1 (^. viridiflora) and B 1 {E. latifolia) the following points should be noted : — In A 1 the ovary is si3indle-shaped, broadest about the middle, tapering gradually towards each end. In B 1 it is pear-shaped, thickest near the apex, and somewhat hump-backed. Both the basal cup and the terminal lobe of the lip differ in shape, the latter being long and narrow in A 1, shorter, broader, and recurved in B 1. The column in Al is divided into two parts, but undivided in B 1. The anther in A 1 is very decidedly stalked, slender, acute, and projects well over the upper edge of the stigma ; in B 1 it is sessile, thicker, more obtuse, and does not project over the stigma at all. In Al the poUinia project over the stigma, in B 1 they are entirely behind it. In A 1 the rostellum has disappeared (the flower having been open some hours) ; in B 1 it is large and persistent. In A 2, a back view of the column of viridiflora, the stalk on which the anther is perched, and the tapering of the anther to an acute point, contrast strongly with B 2, a similar view of latifolia. A3, a front view of the column of viridiflora, shows how the poUinia (/?.) emerge over the upper edge of the stigma, forming a wide inverted V or horse-shoe, with a dark spot (r.) in the apex, the withered remains of the rostellum ; the projection on the right is an abnormally developed staminode {st.), within which a yellowish rudi- mentary poUinium (;;.) could be seen. B 3, a similar view of latifolia, shows the large persistent rostellum. CI, C 2, and C 3 show similar details of E. violacea. These figures were drawn from living specimens by my wife, who at the time was not familiar with the differences between the species, and simply drew what she saw. They are not therefore open to the objection of unconscious exaggeration by an artist with preconceived ideas. It will be seen from the above that there are marked differences both in the vegetative and in the rej^roductive organs of the plants. Whilst variations in size and shape occur in the leaves, bracts, and perianths of orchids, often amounting to several, or even to many millimetres in extent, without affecting prejudicially the welfare of the plant, the organs of reproduction themselves ai-e fashioned with the utmost exactitude. Every part must be faultless in form and dimension, and all the parts co-ordinated with absolute precision. Deviations which would be unimportant m other parts of the plant would here be fatal, and throw the delicate mechanism out of gear, causino" the plant to fail to perpetuate its kind. For this reason variations in the structure of the reproductive organs are relatively of much greater importance than any that occur in the vegetative parts of the plant, for while the lattt'r can only affect the individual, EPIPACTTS VTKIDIFLORA 35 the former threaten the continuity of the species. Consider, for instance, the anther in Anacaniptis ])iirainklaUs^ which has to be placed witli such unfailing accuracy that the caudicles of the poUinia shall find their way to and attach themselves exactly to the minute viscid disc of the rostellum (which is part of the stigma). Tlie viscid disc is saddle-shaped, and when withdrawn by an insect curls round its proboscis, therebj^ causing the pollinia to diverge, so that, after the movement of depression has taken place, they are pointing forward and outward at such an angle that their tips will touch the stigmas when the proboscis is inserted into another tlower. In this plant there are two stigmas separated by a median spice. If the ends of the caudicles fasten themselves to the viscid disc too close together, they will not diverge enough when the disc curls round the proboscis, and would strike the median space between the two stignras. If, however, they are cemented too far apart, they would diverge too much, and would touch points outside the effective stigmatic area. This example is enough to show the necessity of accurate standardiza- tion in the reproductive parts of the tlower. Any new departure in these essential organs is therefore of paramount importance. If differences in the leaves, bracts, and floral envelopes are sufficient ground for specific distinction — and they are commonly so regarded — diiferences in the essential mechanism of reproduction are of still gi'eater weight. If adequate consideration is given to the above-mentioned morpho- logical differences between IE. latifolia and E. viridijlora, i\\ej should be amply sufficient to prove that these plants are specifically distinct. The clearness of view of the elder Reichenbach is all the more remarkable, in that he recognized this apart from the evidence of the structural differences in the reproductive organs. It is curious that the younger Reichenbach, who made such excellent anatomical drawings of so many orchids, should have omitted to do so in the case of E. viridiflora. He does not seem to have suspected any difference of structure as compared with E. latifolia. Moreover, these morphological differences involve remarkable functional changes. E. latifolia is fertilized by wasps, to whose forehead the viscid gland becomes firmly attached, so that the pollinia are bodily and cleanly withdrawn, and carried to another flower. The pollen is not friable, and only when it comes in contact with the viscid stigma of another flower are fragments detached. Self-fertili- zation appears to be impossible ; the pollinia lie at the back of the stigma, and can only be removed by some external agency. If not withdrawn, they wither in situ. In E. viridiflora var. leptocliila the viscid gland is present in the newly-opened flower, but it is inoperative. If touclied with any suitable object, it does not adhere to it as a whole ; a few strings of viscid matter can be withdrawn, but these are far too weak to remove the pollinia, which ordinarily do not come into contact w4th the ros- tellum. Once, indeed, I succeeded in removing a small fragment of pollen adhering to the viscid gland, but I am inclined to think that in touching the gland with a pencil I probably pressed it out of place, and caused it to come in contact with the pollinium, which it 1)2 86 THE JOURNAL OP 330TANY would not otliei*wise have done. By the time the next flower a>)ove it has opened, the viscid gland has disappeared, leaving a small brownish mark which indicates its former position (fig. A 3, r.). Fertilization bv insects does not occur, or if it happens on rare occasions, only minute fragments of pollen can be transferred. The anther projects over the upper edge of the stigma for upwards of half its length. The club-shaped poUinia are joined at the apex, whilst their thickened lower ends are slightly divergent, forming an inverted V. Owing to the forward position of the anther, the viscid gland, instead of being immediately opposite the point of junction of the pollinia, as in M. lafifolia, is opposite the V-shaped space between them. As the anther is face downwards in its natural position, when the anther-cells open, the ^xtllinia sink downwards, and their apices not being arrested by the viscid gland, they pass over it, sliding down over the sloping upper edges of the stigma, and finally coming to rest on its frontal viscid surface (fig. A 3, p.). At the same time a marked change comes over them. The}^ increase notice- ably in size, and become fluffy in appearance. An outgrowth of pollen-tubes occurs, causing them sometimes to appear hairy under a powerful lens. These penetrate the stigma, anchor the pollinia, and fertilize the ovary in the usual way. Self-fertilization thus appears to be inevitable, and the subsequent vigour of the capsules shows its effectiveness. In E. viridiflora var. diinensis (J. B. 1913, p. 343, and 1918, p. 1) the pollen is so friable that, even before the flower opens, numerous tetrads of pollen, looking like single pollen grains, fall on the lip. I did not observe a single instance of this in lepfocliila. I have seen minute portions of ix)llen adhering to the inner walls of the anther-cells, but as a whole the pollen remains in situ on the pollinia. Hermann Miiller says that in the Westphalian plant the whole pollinium becomes felted together by pollen-tubes, so that in the later stages pollen can only be detached by forcible removal (Verhandl. des N. H. Vereines der preuss. Rheinlands, &c., 1868). The same is the case with our plant. He also says that nothing whatever is to be seen of a rostellura (which with us is visible in bud and early flower), and that the whole pollinia emerge over the edge of the stigma, forming two pyramids, whose bases rest on its upper surface. With us only their upper portions so emerge, their bases remaining behind the stigma. There can be no reasonable doubt that E. viridiflora was originally fertilized by insects. The fact that the cup at the base of the lip still glistens with nectar, and the presence of a viscid gland in newly-opened flowers, show clearly that the flower was designed to attract insects. Miiller believed that cross-fertilization might occasionally occur with E. viridiflora. He found aphides sucking nectar, in one case with adherent grains of pollen. He also many times observed small insect larvae (Thrips?), sometimes with a few pollen-grains on the head and back (Z. c). I saw similar larvie and aphides in the flowers of the Surrey plant, and, like Miiller, noticed one or two specimens of the latter stuck fast on the stigma, and dead. It is quite possible, EPIPACTIS VIEIDIPLOEA 37 tliereforc, that these small creatures may carry a few pollen-grains from one flower to another, but whether they are likely to convey them from one ])lant to another is perhaps doubtful, as it is scarcely probable that they would leave a phmt where they have abundant food. If cross-fertilization occurs in this way it is probably acci- dental, self-fertilization is the rule. I repeatedly saw ^. latifolia and E. violacea visited by Avasps, and several times caught these insects with poUinia on their heads. I saw no insects visit viridijlora^ but I had not so many opportunities for watching the latter plant. Miiller studied most minutely the reproductive organs of E. viri- di flora, both from a morpliological and physiological point of view, in comparison with E. latifolia. His opinion therefore is of more weight than that of those botanists who have confined their observa- tions to the more obvious characters of the leaves, bracts, and perianth : he says (/. c.) that we have in E. latifolia and E. viridi- flora two form-cycles which diifer from one another by thoroughly essential characters, and have the same claim to be considered distinct species, as any two species of a genus. Explanation of Plate 553. A. Ei)ipactisvlridi flora \a,v.leptochila. B. E. latifolia. C. E. violacea. 1. Side view of flower, sepals and petals removed. 2. Back view of column. 3. Front view of do. : a., anther ; p., pollinia ; o., ovary ; r., rostellum ; s., stigma ; st., staminode. THE UREDINEyE OF WEST SOMERSET. By NoRMAif Gr. Hadden. As there appears to be no published account of the Rust Fungi of the district with which this paper deals, it may be as well to put on record those species which I have observed here during the last four years. The district covered is a narrow strip about twelve miles in length and four in width, forming the extreme north-western corner of Somerset : it is bounded on the north by the Bristol Channel, on the south by Exmoor Forest and on the west by the Devon county boundary-line. Taking the village of Porlock as the centre, all the species recorded have been found within a few miles' radius. Owing to the variety of plant associations in the neighbourhood, the list of TTredinece is a long one and includes a number of rare and interesting species. The salt-marshes, rich pasture land, large old woods, young plantations and open moorland naturally support a great variety of phanerogamic plants with the consequent number of parasitic rusts. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Carleton Rea for his kindness in assisting me in the determination of some of the more critical species. The nomenclature adopted in the following list is that employed by Mr. J. Ramsbottom in his list of British Uredinales, published in the Transactions of the British 3Iycological Society, vol. iv. : — JJromyces FicaricB Lev. On Ranunculus Ficaria, frequent. — • TT. caryophyllinus Scliroet. On border Carnations in my garden— 38 THE .TOUBNAL OF BOTANY T7. sparsus Lev. On Spergularia salina. Porloek marsh; locally common. — U. A )if hi/ II id is Schvoet. On Anthi/ 11 is VuJnerat^ia. Cul- bone ClifPs ; scarce. — U. JErvi Westend. On Vicia hirsuta. Por- loek.— Z7. Loti Blytt. Porloek marsh, rare. — U. striatus Schroet. On Trifolium minus on a lawn at Porloek. — U. Orohi Lev. Porloek and Culbone woods, scarce. — U. Trifolii Lev. Porloek Hill. — U. Jlectens Lagerh. Frequent in fields and on roadsides. — V. Fahce de Bary. Abundant on Broad Beans ; occasionally on Vicia sepiiim. — V. Alchemillce Lev. Oare ; uncommon. — Z7. ValeriancJdFxiQkiA. On Valeriana samhuci folia, abundant. — V. Armerice Lev. Porloek marsh, rare. — Z7. Betce Tul. On Beta marifima. Bossington. — U. Salicormw de Bary. Porloek marsh ; appearing every summer. — TI. Polygoni Fuck. Frequent on arable land. — U. Bumicis Wint. Common. — XT. Acetoscs Schroet. Weir Water, Exmoor. — Z7. Scillaruni Wint. Frequent. — Z7. Dacfylidis Otth. Teleutospores abundant; aecidia not yet seen here. — U. Boce Rabenh. ^cidia abundant on Ba n un cuius Fica via . Puccinia ViolceDC. Common. — B. cegra Grove. Not uncommon in' gardens on cultivated Viola tricolor. — B. F&rgussoni B. et Br. On Viola jyalustris ; rare. Exe Cleave near Simonsbath. — B. Aren- ari(je Wmt. On Arenaria trinervia. Porloek woods ; iormA I yclini- dearum Link. On Lychnis diurna. Common. — B. Silenes Schroet. On Silene maritima, rare. Porloek marsh. — B. Malvacearum Mont. Abundant. — B. Bruni-spinosce Pers. ^Ecidia on Anemone coronaria in a Porloek garden. — B. imlverulenta Grev. On Epilobium hirsutum and E. montanum. Common. — B. Fpilohii DC. Pare. On E. palustre. Exmoor and North Hill, — B. Circcece Pers. Common. — B. TImhilici Guep. On Cotyledon Umbilicus. Frequent. — B. Conii Fuckel. Minehead Warren; scarce. — B. ^tliusw Mart. Bather common. — B. Bimpinellce Mart. On Bimpinella Saxifraga. Pitt Farm, rare. — B. Saniculce Grev. Frequent. — B. Smyrnii Biv. Por- loek and Minehead, common. — B. albescens Grev. On Adoxa Moschatellina ; ^cidia appear in March. — B. Adoxce Hedw. fil. Teleutospores only. Porloek woods.— P. punctata Link. On Galium verum. Porloek. — P. Asperulce-odoratcB Wurth. Horner Woods; rare. — B. Cardui pycnocepJiali '^\i\o\\\ Minehead War- ren, rare. — B. Garlince .Tacky. Mill Hill, Exmoor. — B. Centaurece Mart. Common. — B. ohtegens Tul. Abundant. — B. Cirsii Lasch. Not uncommon. — P. Cnici-olemcei Pers. Common. — P. Crepidis Schroet. On Grepis virens. Frequent. — B. IlieraciiMRrt. Abun- dant.— P. Hypochoeridis Oud. Common — P. Lapsance Fuck. Abundant. — P. Leontodontis Jack3^ Porloek, uncommon. — P. sene- cionix Libert. On Senecio Jacobcea. Porloek.— P. Virgaurece Libert. On Solidago Virgaurea. Porloek and Culbone woods.— P. Sonchi Boberge. On Sonclms oleraceus, rare. Bossington. — P. Taraxaci Plow. Common. — B. BrimulceDnhj. Frequent. — P. Vtncce Berk. On Vinca major, rather common. — P. Veronicce Schroet. On V. montana,YSLYe. Sehvorthy woods. — P. GlecJwmatisDC. Uncommon. Horner woods. — P. Menthce Pers. Abundant on garden mint, M. aquatico, and Calamintha. — P. annularis Schlecht. On Teucrium THE uredixe.t: or west somerset 39 Scorodonia. Porlock woods. — P. Acetoscc Koern. Rather common. — • P. Pol ygoni-Convol villi DC. West Porlock and Bossint^ton ; un- common.— P. Iriilts Wallr. On Iris foetidissinia in gardens. — P. oblongata Wint. On Luzula pilosn, Culbone woods. — P. oh- scura Schroet. iEcidia on Bcllis pereimis, teleutospores on Luzula, — P. Caricis Kabent. ^eidiaon JJrtica dioica, teleutospores on Carex. Common. — P. sylvafica Schroet. ^eidia on Taraxacum, Porlock woods. — P. graminis Pers. On Dactylis, common. ^cidia on Berheris not seen. — V.coronata Corda. Uredospores on Agrostis. — P. Lolii Niels. Uredospores on Lolium, Avena and Arrhenatherum. Common. — P. Agropgrina Eriks. On Agropyron repens, rather common.— P. Authoxanthi Puckel. Porlock woods ; rare. — P. Baryi Wint. On Brachypodiuin sylvaticuni. Porlock ; uncommon. — P. FestuccB Plowr. Teleutospores on Festuca oviua. Porlock. — - P. Phragndfis Koern. vEcidia on Rumex, teleutospores on Phrag- mites. Common. — P. Poarunil^ieh. ^cidia on Tussilago Farfara; common. TripJiragmium JJlmaricB Link, On Spircea Vlmaria, Exford. Phragmidium Fragariastrl Schroet. Common. — P. Sanguisorhcd Schroet. On Poterium Saiiguisorba in a garden at Lynch, — P. sub- corticiuni Wint, Abundant on wild and cultivated Roses. — P. albi- dum Ludw. Frequent on Ruhusfruficosus. — P. Piibi Wint. Rather scarce. — P. violaceum Wint. Abundant,— P. Pubi-idcei Karst. Common, Coleosporum Fuplirasice Wint. On Euphrasia, PhiuantJius and Bartsia. Common. — C. Melampyri Kleb. Teleutospores frequent on Melampyrum. ^cidia found on Pinus sylvestris probably belong to this species. — (7. Pefasifes&QYi-AYj, Rather scarce. Bossington. — C. Seiif'cioiiis Fr, Abundant, — C. Tussilaginis Kleb. Common. — C. Souchi-arvensis Lev. Abvmdant. Pucciniastrum Circcecs Schroet. Porlock ; scarce. — P, Vaccini- orum Diet. Common, Urediriopsis Scolopendrii Rostr. Porlock woods ; not uncommon. Mtlampsora Helioscopice Cast. Abundant. — J/, Sypericoruni Schroet. On Hypericum Androsfemum ; scarce, — M. Larici-capre arum Kleb, Common, — M. Rostrupii Wagn, Coeomata on 3Ier- cu ria lis per en n is . Luccombe. Melampsoridium betulinum Kleb, Abundant; especially on seedling birches, Melampsorella caryophyllacearam Schroet, Teleiitospores on Cerasfium vulgatum and Sfellaria JPolosfea. West Porlock and Horner woods — -31. SympJiyfi Bubak, Bossington. — 31. Blechni Sydow. Scarce : Porlock woods andExmoor. — 3L dieteliana Sydow. On Pulypodium vulgare. Porlock woods. 40 THE .TOITKNAL OF BOTANY POLLmOSlS ("HAY-FEYEK"). By E. Philip Smith (Botanic Department, Oxford). For catarrh caused by plant-products, and especially by the micro- spores or ])oUen-grains of the Gramineae, the expression "pollinosis " has been used ; tiiis is preferable to the older " hay-fever," as being less ambiguous, more accurately descriptive, and not so liable to misuse. Under the popular term " hay-fever " are classed together almost as man^'^ abnormal conditions of the nasal membranes as under the heading of "common cold," regardless of their etiolog3\ Any nasal catarrh, whether it merely takes the form of abnormal secretion of mucus, or is accompanied by violent sneezing, running of the eyes, and even b\^ severer systemic symptoms, if it is not more or less directly referable to bacterial infection consequent upon exposure to cold, etc., is, especially if it occurs in the summer or autumn, unhesitatingly described as '* hay-fever." For the purpose of these notes, it is proposed to set aside all types of corrhiza which prove upon inquiry to be due to causes other than plant-products, such as those caused by exposure to the dense dust which gathers in libraries, by exposure to bright light — this will be touched upon later — or by the animal detritus from the coats of liorses, cats, and even dogs. Even when circumscribed by the removal of these other types, the detinition of hay-fever is sufficiently wide to makij it of interest to many, and of painful interest to its victims. The clinical picture is well known. The onset of the attack, which may follow directly on exposure to pollen, or after the lapse of a certain time varying from live minutes to half an hour, is marked by violent sneezing, profuse secretion of watery mucus, running at the eyes, and a feeling of helplessness and malaise. In some subjects nasal and bronchial stenosis may be felt at the height of the paroxysm. This primary attack may last only a few minutes, or it may be pro- longed until the patient is exhausted, and fresh parox^^sms occur on each new exposure to the source of irritation. After some days of this the nasal mucosa, the conjunctival surfaces, and even the bronchi in severe cases, become acutely sensitive, and very little is required to produce an attack, even without further exposure to pollen, the stirring up of dust from books, a draught of cold air, even exposure to bright light (in cases where the eyes are much involved) being sufficient. If it were always possible accurately to disentangle the evidence, it would be possible to make a clear distinction between primary attacks due to direct infection, and these secondary effects of other irritants on an already damaged mucous membrane. The danger- season, however, is so prolonged (with some it begins with the flowering of Willows), lasting from spring till the first frost in autumn, that few people could submit to the rigid exclusion from vegetation wdiich would be necessary for an accurate experiment to be made on the relative importance of the primary and secondary causes. Enough has been said to show that true hay-fever is sufficiently mdespread to make it of interest to the botanist to stud}^ the plant- POLLTNOSIS 41 products which cause it from a purely technical standpoint, in contrast to that of tlie inimuno-cheniist, which dominates current literature. The standpoint from which the problem has hitherto been approached is that of the immunologist, who interprets the phenomena observed in terms of toxins and antibodies, of protein-sensitization and ana- phylaxis. The earliest notable work in this line is that of Dunbar and Prausnitz. These workers made an elaborate investigation into the toxicity of various kinds of pollen, using an extract of the pollen- protein in very dilute solution of sodium chloride. The following is a summary of the commoner plants in their list, which includes 25 Gramineae and 8 Cyperaceje, as well as numerous other forms. I. Grasses, as: — Phleum prafensc, Af/rostis alba, Poa pratcnsis^ Anthoxantkum odoratum^ Dacfylis glomerata, iSecale cereale, Triti- cum sativum^ Ayropyrum repens. II. Various plants, as : — -Rohinia Pseudacacia, Castanea dentata, Acer ruhrmn, Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, Bosa spp., Lonicera Caprifolium, Ligustrum vulgare. (No indication is given as to which of the latter plants are common causes of hay-fever and which are merely rare instances.) The following plants which cause late hay-fever are mostly found in the United States, namely : — Ambrosia trijida, A. artemisicefolia, Solidago canadeyisis, S. nemoralis, Chrysanthemum sp., Dahlia, Clematis virginiana. and Aster spp. In addition to these, the following grasses are given by Macdonald as causing hay-fever in this country: — Poa pratensis, P. trivialis, P. nemoralis, Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Lolium perenne, and Alopecurus 'j^^'cde^isis. Prom personal experience, the following Gymnosperm pollens were effective : — Abies concolor, Pimis excelsa, Pinus Pinsapo. After prolonged exposure (40-50 minutes) to the pollen of Pinus excelsa while harvesting it, slight symptoms were felt : i. e. irritation of the eyes and nose^_|eeling of intense dryness in the posterior nasal cavities. Later in the%same da}^ exposure for a few minutes to a mixed hayfield {PhlrunVpratense being the j^rincipal grass in flower), produced an acute attack, quite characteristic, with implication of the bronchi and distinct rise of temperature. After this initial attack, fresh exposure to Pinus-\>o\\en reproduced it with monotonous regu- larity, after an " incubation period " of about 10 minutes. For the succeeding four M^eeks every effort was made to avoid accidental infection with grass or other pollen, and during the intervals between the purposeful exposure to pollen of various kinds, the sjanptoms were slight and in fact almost negligible. Each attempt at excitation by direct insufflation of pollen was successful in producing an attack. The pollen used principally was Pinus excelsa, owing to the ease with which large quantities were obtainable. The susceptibility to Phleum made laboratory experiments with grass-pollen almost impossible, owing to the difficulties of harvesting. For an account of experi- mental poUinosis in animals, see Ulrich, in the Journal of Immunology, Nov. 1918. Unfortunately the lists previously given are not strictly comparable. 42 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY as the results were obtained by different methods. The method used originally by Danbar and extended by Cooke and Vander Veer, and again by Cooke, Flood, and Coca, was to prepare an extract of the poUen-proteid by means of grinding up the pollen (in the manner usual for enzjnue-abstraction) with sand, extracting the mass with distilled water by alternate freezing and thawing, or extracting with N •8 7o NaCl in jttx NaOH. The product was precipitated by acetone, redissolved in -8 °/o NaCl, and standardized for nitrogen-content by Kjeldahrs method. The toxicity was tested by applying the solution at a known nitrogen-content to the conjunctiva, and by intradermal injection. If the application produced lachrymation and sneezing, and an itching weal at the point of injection, the result was positive, and the subject considered sensitive to that particular pollen-protein. The results obtained in this way are interpreted differently by the different observers. Hay-fever is described : firstly, as due to a toxin ("toxalbumin ") (Dunbar); secondl}^ as an anaphylactic reaction (Cooke) ; and, thirdly, as a clinical symptomatic expression of local spontaneous liypersensitiveness, the active pollen-substances not being toxins (Cooke, Flood, Coca). These discordant results may perhaps be explained as arising from the unnatural experimental conditions, for under ordinary circumstances the nasal mucosa are not directly placed in contact with poUen-proteid. There intervenes the highly effective protective mechanism of the cuticularized microspore-wall. It is true that in the Angiosperm pollens there are pores of various kinds in the wall, but the mechanism by which colloidal protein is to pass through a cellulose membrane is not explained. The digestive power of the nasal mucosa is very slight, and in any case there is no means of digesting cellulose there. The unbroken, ungerminated pollen-grain is effectively sealed to protect its contents from desiccation or undue wetting (in the case of wind-pollinated forms like the grasses and Pinus), and conversely it is difficult to understand how any of the protein -contents could passively diffuse out. Possible germination-effects may also be set aside : even under the most favourable circumstances grass-pollen does not germinate within five minutes (?'. e, minimum "incubation-time" observed), and in the case of G^minosperm-pollen the question does not arise. In the case of Angiosperm pollen, however, where the wall is porose, the osmotic pressure of the grain (amounting to several atmos- pheres) may be of importance, as leading to the withdrawal of water from the adjacent membrane, with consequent swelling of the grain and liberation of its contents through bursting. In this way the alien protein would be brought into contact with the epithelial cells. The irritation caused by the withdrawal of water by the grain must also be quite considerable, having regard to the relative sizes of the ciliated cells (6)u diam.) and pollen grains (30-50 m). Thus a single 80 /x grain of Finns excelsa would drain over a hundred epithelial cells. It would be quite outside the scope of these notes to attempt to deal with the question of protein-sensitization, which has been ex- haustively treated in the papers already mentioned. Having discussed POLLINGS IS 43 the mechanisiii by which pollen-j^roteid can come into contact with the nasal mucosa, the cell-contents may be dismissed from the role of active agent. It remains to consider : — (1) The question of the mere mechanical irritation, due to the presence of a foreign body, being sufficient to cause the symptoms. (2) The possibility of some substance on the outer wall (exine) of the grain being responsible. In answer to the first question, it may be said that the presence of foreign bodies on an otherwise undamaged mucous membrane may produce transient sneezing and secretion, but nothing like a real paroxysm. Of course, where the foreign bod}'- is atmosplieric dust, which may contain j)articles of alien protein, grit, etc., the irritation may be more pronounced ; and such irritation, or even the action of cold air, superimposed upon a previous catarrhal condition, may, as mentioned before, produce effects very similar to a primary hay-fever attack. The second point is more difficult and more important. The microspores of Angiosperms and GymnosperuLs are formed in tetrads within the microsporangium, which is lined by a nutritive tapetum. This tapetal layer furnishes food-material for the developing spores, but disorganizes before they are shed. Consequently the pollen- grains are coated on the outside, as is seen in the yellow colour, by tapetal debris, which may be almost anything (commonly oily matter), and in which it is conceivable that protein and enzyme-residues may be present in minute quantities. The yellow colour of manj^ pollen- grains is in all cases outside the cuticle, and consists of carotin dissolved in a film of oil. The function of this oil is conjectural, but it may conceivably assist in sealing the grain still better, protecting it from excessive wetting, and preventing the grains from adhering- (^cf. the curious way in \\\\\q\\ Finns pollen "pours"). From analogy with the well-known irritant oils in Primula obconica, P. sinensis, etc., it seemed probable that this oily film on the pollen-grains was the irritant principle, and experiments were undertaken to demonstrate this, but the results are not yet collected. For example, a suggestive preliminar}^ trial was made with the pollen of Hihiscvs. The pollen was shaken up with cold ether, the ether then being filtered oft" and allowed to evaporate. The oily residue, when applied to the unbroken skin of the fore-arm, raised a severe blister, almost as bad as that produced By Poison Iv}" {Rhns Toxicodendron). This would seem to indicate a more natural method of approaching the problem, being based upon a botanical consideration of the micro- spores involved. It is quite possible that most microspores are coated with a him of oil, but only a certain number of pollens are produced in sufficiently large quantities to be of any practical importance. This includes the wind-pollinated trees, both Angiosperms and Gym- nosperms, and the Grasses, particularly the common hay-grasses. Species of Plantar/o also give much pollen, and a laboratory trial with PIantago-\^o\\(i\\ alone gave a positive result. If this idea that one of the poisonous principles of pollen is merely that of an irritant oil is correct, it will throw a new light on the nature of the dama^j-e 44 THE JOUIINAL OF 150TAXY done to the nasal mucosa (for it is obvious that an oily substance M^iich will raise a severe blister upon the unbroken epidermis will have a still more destructive action on the delicate ciliated epithelium lining the nasal cavities, and on the underlying nerve-endings), perhajDS suggesting new lines of treatment. It will also serve to bring the phenomena into line with the well-known cases of Plant- Dermatitis, which cover quite a wide range of plant-organisms in this countr^'^, and Avhich present even more striking examples in the tropics. General Literature. Cooke and Vander Veere (1916), " Human Sensitization, part ii, Hay-Fever, am Anaphylactic Reaction," Journ. Immnnology, p. 222. Cooke, Flood, and Coca (1917), " Hay-Fever," o^i. cit. p. 224. Punbar (1903), " Zur Frage, betreffend die Aetiologie und spezifisclie Therapie des Heufiebers," Berlin, Klin, Wochenschr. xl. pp. 537, 561, 596 ; Deutsch. Med. Wochenschr. xxix. p. 149 ; (1911) 37, 578 ; (1907) Zeitschr. fiir Immun- tats, vii. Oates (1915), " Development of Microspores in CEnothera" (Mutation Factor in Evolution, p. 170). Macdonald (1917), " Hay Fever," Encyclop. of Medicine, p. 509. Osborne (1909), " Vegetable Proteins," p. 94. Prausnitz (1905), " Zur Natur des Heufiebergiftes und seines spezifischen Gegengiftes," Berlin, Klin. Wochenschr. xlii. p. 227. Sequiera (1919), " Plant Dermatitis " (Diseases of the Skin, ed. 3, p. 91). Ulrich (1918), *' Experimental Pollinosis," Journ. Immunology, p. 435. ALAB ASTRA DIVE RSA.— Part XXXII.* By Spe^^cer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S. 1. PlA^T^E CoNGOE^SES l^OXM YEL RARIORES. Dr, Wernham has already (Journ. Bot. 1918, pp. 30S-313) published descriptions of new Ruhiacece, from the Belgian Congo, forming part of a collection brought to the Museum by Dr. Vermoesen, Inspector of Agriculture in that country. An examination of the Compositce and AcanthacecB lias yielded the results presented in tlie following pages : — COMPOSITJ^, MSUATA BUETTNERI O. Hoft'm. ^ Chenal ; Vanderyst, 4505. This is the representative of a monotyjMC genus hitherto absent from the London herbaria. Triplotaxis stellultfera Hutchins. Boyeka, near Coquilhatville ; Nonnan, 95. One of the ])lants used to stupefy tish. Vernonia (§ Stenqelia) divulgata, sp. nov. Caule simplici vel subsimplici e collo fuseo-villoso ascendente supeme nudo eximie striato puberulo ; foliis sessilibus plerumqvie radicaUbus (prepaucis saipe ex caule oriundis) oblongo-oblanceolatis vel obovatis obtusissimis inferne in partem petioliformam basi dihitatam extenuatis firme * Types of the species here described are in the National Herbarium. PLANT.?] CONOOENSES 45 membranaceis utrlnque eleganter reticulatls nitidlsque levlter scahrius- culis ; capitulis subiiiedioeribus circa 30-llosculosis in eorynibum elongatuin optiiiie laxum ordiuatis pedunculis propriis quam involucra manifeste longioribus ; involucri siibhemisphairici 4-serialis puberuli phyllis oblongis interioribus gradatim longioribus appendice brevi obtusissima (intimoruni angustiori necnon acuta) in sicco brunnea eoronatis ; corollis exsertis ; achceniis cj^lindricis callo basali sat prominente instructis o-costatis breviter setulosis ; pappi setis sca- briusculis dilute straniineis paucis extimis abbrcviatis. Gamboni ; Vanderysfy 3058. Wombali, abundant in places ; Id., 4217. Bandmivu; Id., 5171. Folia radicalia plerumque circa 8-10x2-4 cm., quam caulina majora vel minora horum summa saepe magnopere imminuta. In- florescentia longit. 50 cm. siepe attingens, ramis striatis puberulis. Capitula pansa circa 10 mm. long. Involuciaim 8-5 mm. long. ; phylla extima circa 3 mm., intermedia 4-5-7 mm., intima 8 mm. long. Corolla 11 mm, long. ; tubus anguste intundibularis quam lobi lineari-oblongi manifeste longior. Styli rami exserti, 2*5 mm. long. Acba^nia adbuc vix matura aegre 3 mm. long. Pappi setae extimie 1 mm., cetera3 5-7 mm. long. Though apparently a common plant, I have been unable to identify this from the descriptions of species unseen by me. A reason for this may perhaps be that it has been mistaken for V. prcecox Welw., which it greatly resembles, differing chiefly in the foliage (slightly only) and the shape of the involucral leaves. O. Hoffman would have placed this in his § Laclinorrliiza, but, as has been mentioned elsewhere, it seems inadvisable to disregard the involucres in the case of a few species, seeing how convenient for sectioning purposes the involucre has proved itself. Aspilia congoensis, sp. nov. Caule saltem superne sparsim ramose tereti striate scabriusculo ; foliis brevipetiolatis lanceolatis acumi- natis apice^ipso acutis basi obtusis trinervibus margine serrulatis firme membranaceis supra scabridis subtus sparsim pubescentibus ; capittiUs mediocribus in corymbos laxos bracteatos oligocephalos digestis ; 2)edu)icu1is propriis involucris plerumque longioribus ; involucri subhemisphserici phyllis 3-serialibus ovato-oblongis exterioribus superne herbaceis et obtusis et scabridis necnon plus minus reflexis intimis apice herbaceis acutisque ; ligulis 10 sat alte bifidis ; achceniis com- pressiusculis anguste ovoideo-oblongis pilis brevibus appressis strigil- losis onustis cupula sat perspicua setis carente eoronatis. Upper Welle province ; Lacomhlez, 67. Folia usque ad 9-10x2-2*5 cm., pleraque vero minora, e.g. ±6xl"2 era., in sicco griseo-fusca ; petioli latiusculi, 2-4 mm. long. Bracteae foliis similes sed minores, plerumqnf l'5-3 cm, long. Pedun- culi proprii 1-2 cm. long. Involuci-a circa S x 8 mm. ; phylla extima 4 mm., intermedia 4-5 mm., intima 5 mm. lotig. Ligulae aurantiacea?, 10 X 2'5 mm. Recepticuli paleae oblongae, apice indurato-mucronatse, 7 mm. long. Achsenia dilute grisea, fusco-purpureo-maculata, 4 mm. long, (pappo 1 mm. long, incluso). To be inserted in the genus close to A. asperifolia O. Hoffm., but easiW distinguished on account of the lanceolate leaves, longer proper peduncles and 10-rayed heads with narrower involucral leaves. 46 THE JOURXAL OF BOTAJS^T Crassocephalum longirameum, sp. nov. Serla erecta verisimi- liter cireiter 2-spithamea ; caiUe pauciramoso quadrangular! subdis- tanter folioso minute puberulo postea glabro ; foliis sessilibus lineari- bus acutis obtusisve supra glabris subtus minute pubescentibus ; capifulis corymbum terminalem folia plane excedentem bracteatum oligoceplialum constituentibus ; involucri obovoidei puberuli phyllis 8 inter se inaequilatis oblongis acutis dorso eleganter striatis margine anguste membranaceis ; flosculis ultra 50 exsertis verlsimiliter flavis ; styll ramis appendice filiformi elongata prseditis ; aclKBiiiis (hucusque crudis) linearibus 5-costatis costis minute pilosulis ; pappi setis scabriusculis albis. Bandundu ; Vanderyst, 3562. Folia usque 5 cm. long., sed plerumque breviora, superiora grada- tim iraminuta, applanata summum 2 mm. lat., marginibus revolutis vero circa 1 mm. Bractese anguste lineares, + 5 mm. long. Capi- tula pansa 8x10 mm. Inv^olucrum 6 mm. long. Corolbe inferne angustissimae, superne gradatim dilatatae, 7 mm. long, (inclusis lobis linearibus longit. 2 mm. paullulum excedentibus). Styli rami in to to 2*2 mm. long., liorum appendix 1 mm. AchtBuia circa 1 mm., pappus 5 mm. long. This would be taken on sight for an Emilia. The narrow leaves and curiously long appendages to the style-arms are easil}^ recognized peculiarities. AcANTHACEiE. Htgrophila Gigas Burkill {H. Gilletii De Wild, ex ic. et descript.). Bokala ; Vanderi/sf, 4^824^. The type-specimen, a small one in the Kew herbarium, agrees exactly, so far as it goes, with the excellent ligure of H. Gilletii in Ann. Mus. Congo, ser. v. i. 314. Hygrophila (§ Eu-Hygrophila) Vanderystii, sp. nov. Herba ^|-spithamea ; caule basi repente hac atque iliac rad^cante inde erecto fere omnimodo folioso tetragono nodis pilosis exemptis glabro ; foliis sessilibus anguste lineari-lanceolatis superioribus linearibus in marginibus costaque centrali pag. inf. appresse subsparsim scabridis ; Jlorihus pro axilla paucis subsessilibus foliis floralibus linearibus ciliatis calyce ssepe longioribus stipatis ; calycis triente inferiori gamosepali segmentis inter se fere sequalibus anguste linearibus acutis ; corollcR tubo calyce breviore inferne contracto limbo quam tubus paullo breviore la bio postico plicato lobo intermedio quam laterales latiore ; filamentis basi per paria coalitis ; ovario oblongo acuto glabro ; ovulis pro loculo fere 20. Wombali ; Vanderyst, 4255. Planta cireiter 50 cm. alt. Folia pleraque 4-6 cm. long., pauca inferiora 4 mm. lat., cetera 1 •5-2*5 mm., in sicco fuscescentia. Folia floralia usque 12 mm. long. Calyx 10 mm. long. Corolla 12 mm. long.; tubus 7 mm. long., 1-1*5 mm. lat., sub limbo 3 mm.; labia 5 mm. long., lobis circa 1*5 mm. Ovarium 2*5 mm. long., minute puberula. Stylus 6*5 mm. long. Known by its narrow leaves and small flowers with calyx-lobes almost equal among themselves. PLANTJ3 CONOOENSES 47 Brillantaisia patula T. And. Upper Welle and Ituri rivers ; Lacomhlez^ 80. Dumu, Van- deryst, 4978. Var. Welwitschli Burkill. Boyeka near Coquilhat- ville ; Nannan, 3»^, WiiiTFiELnrA LONGiroLTA T. And. Yambata; Moutchal, 188. Clienal ; Va nd en/ st, 4^501. Tua, common in the forests ; Vanderysty 4862, 4974. PiiAYLOPSis OHLiQUA S. Moore. Buynrm; Vnnderysf, 4296. Barleria alata S. Moore. Dumu ; Vanden/st, 4840. Bokala ; id., 4980. Eranthemum ntgritianum T. And. Kimbwa and Bokala ; Yanderyst, sine no. — E. hipocraterieorme lioem. & Sell. Leopold- ville ; Vanderyst, 3018. JusTiciA iNsuLARis T. And. Kitebe ; Vanderyst, 4126. Justicia (§ Galophanoides) fistulosa, sp. nov. Herha erecta,. ramosa, subsparsim foliosa ; ramis erecto-adscendentibus tetragonis uti caulis fistulosis necnon parce puberulis et sub nodis tumidis breviter pubescentibus ; foliis brevipetiolatis ovatis obtusissimis nisi rotun- datis basi rotundatis margine nndulatis in nervis pag. inf. breviter appresseque pubescentibus ; florihus axillaribus pro axilla paucis subsessilibus ; hracfeolis 0 ; calycis segmentis 5 inter se quadammodo inaecjualibus linearibus acutis ciliatis ; corolJcd tubo caljcem breviter superante dimidio inf. coartato superne dilatato limbi labiis subsequi- longis lobis omnibus ovatis obtusis ; ovario ovoideo-oblongo minute pnberulo ; stylo basi sparsim piloso ; ca2)sula puberula. Bokala ; Sparano, 26. Folia 4x 2-5-3 cm. attingentia, plerumque vero +2 X 1*5 cm., in sicco sursum brunnescentia, inferne viridia ; petioli 2-6 mm. long., pubescentes. Calyx 5-6 mm. long. ; hujus segmenta breviora 4 mm., longiora 5 mm. long. Corolla 13 mm. long. ; tubus 7 mm. long., dimidio inferiori circa 1 mm. lat., sub limbo 2-5 mm. ; labia 6 mm. long., posticum 3 mm., anticum 4 mm. lat. ; amborum lobi 1'5 mm. long. Discus prominens, 1 mm. alt. Ovarium vix 2 mm. long. ; stylus 8*5 mm. Capsula dilutebrunnea, 8 mm. long. Affinity with J. Whytei S. Moore and J. Melamfyrum S. Moore ; from both easilv distinguished on sight by the short and broad leaves. From the fistular stem one judges the plant to be an aquatic, but there is no note to supj^ort this. Justicia Extensa T. And. Dumu ; Vmideryst, 4829. Khinacanthus Dewevrei De Wildem. & Durand {R. parvi- Jlorus T. And.). Boyeka ; Nannan, 94. Used for poisoning fish. H. parvijiorits has nev^er been described : it is mentioned as a nomen nudum in Bull. Soc. Boy. Bot. Belg. xxxviii. p. 106. There seems no reason to doubt its conspecificity with R. Dewevrei^ which itself appears distinct from JR. communis Nees, though Clai-ke thought otherwise. Rhinacanthus minimus, sp. nov. Herha parva, spithamea vel paullulum ultra ; caule basi decumbente radicanteque inde ascendente- tenui sparsim ramoso puberulo ; foliis petiolatis ovatis acutis nisi breviter acuminatis basi rotundato-cuneatis nervis pag. inf. puberulis- exceptis fere glabris ; fasciculis j)aucifloris ad apicem ramorum 48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY axillarium floriferorum tenuissimorum minute pubescentium vel iisdem lateraliter affixis sessilibusque ; hracteis uti bracteolae angustae linea- ribus caljce minoribus ; calycis segmentis anguste linearibus acutis minute pubescentibus ; corollce pubenilse tubo cah^cem bene excedente ipso sub limbo levissime constricto labio antico late obovato quam posticum ovatum apice emarginatum longiore ; sfmninihus breviter exsertis antherarum loc. pauUulum inferiori breviter calcarato ; ovario puberulo in stylum breviter sparsimque strigillosum desinente ; cap- sula puberula. Bokala ; Vanderyst, 4972. Folia tenuiter membranacea, in sicco viridia, usque 5x3 cm., sed ssepe multo minoi*a ; petioli puberuli, foliorum majomm 12-20 mm. long., minorum saepe modo 4 mm. Florum fasciculi ramis interdum 10 cm. long, etsi interdum insigniter brevioribus insidentes ; ramus quisque juxta medium itaque ad apicem fasciculum gerens. Bracteae bracteolaeque summum 2 mm. long. Calyx 5 mm. long., hujus segmenta aliquantulum ina^qualia. Corolla3 tubus Q-5 mm. long., 1-5 mm. lat. ; labium anticum 4 x 3-5 mm. ; anticum 2 mm. long. Antherarum loc. sup. -65 mm. long., loc. inf. (incluso calcari obtuso) aigre 1 mm. long. Ovarium 1*5 mm., stylus 8 mm. long. Capsula 12 mm. long. Semina 4, fusco-brunnea, scrobiculata, 1 mm. diam. Kemarkable for its slender habit and very small flowers together with the ovate leaves. E-UNGIA coNGOENSis Clarke. Kunzul^u ; Vajiderysf, 4497.— K. GRANDIS T. And. Tua; Vanderyst, ^i/. 2. Vaupelia a. Brand. This is a genus proposed (Fedde Kep. xiii. p. 82) for plants till then included in the genus Irichodesma, the flowers of which they greatly resemble. The reason for taking this step concerns the posi- tion of the carpels upon the receptacle, as everyone knows a funda- mental character in the classification of Borrayinacece. The Tricho- desmas have carpels with their inner or at least their lower face adnate to the conical or convex gynobase, whereas the gynobase of the Yaupelias is flat, and the carpels are attached to it only by then- flat base. On this account Brand suggests the removal of Vaupelia from the CynoyJossece to the Lithospermece, and in this he seems undoubtedly correct. He also notes the close connection between Vaupelia and Cystistemon Balf. f. from Socotra. As thus characterized Vaupelia (ranging from Somaliland to Angola) contains six species : 1. heliocliaris (T. heliocharis S. Moore) ; 2. luspida (T. liispidum Bak. & C. H. Wright); 3. Medusa {T. Medusa Bak.) ; 4. harhata (T. harhatum Vaupel) ; 5. macranfhera (T. macrantherum Giirke) ; 6. Meclioicii (T. Meclioicii Vaupel). Only the first three of these are found in the Flora of Trop. Afr. (iv.'2, p. 45), the others, with the exception of macrantliera, having been published later: in Fl. Trop. Afr. macranfhera is wrongly mero-ed in Medusa, from Avhich it is certainly distinct. The mistake arose throudi Baum's no. 928 having been distributed from Berlin VAUPELIA 49 as " Trichodesma macrantliera (sic) Giirke, sp. nov.," whereas the type is Dekindt no. 8, unrepresented in this country. The plant can be at once recognized by its short calyx ; it is represented at the Museum by Gossweiler no. 3837 from Mumua woods at Kakonda. To the six species mentioned above is now to be added a seventh, namely : 3*. Vaupelia hispidissima, sp. nov Frutex ultraorgyalis, cauli- hus simplicibus e rhizomate ascendentibus validis hispidis saltem superne crebro foliosis ; foliis alternis rigidis sessilibus oblongo- lanceolatis apice mucronatis basi obtusis utrobique pilis strigosis ap])ressis basi conspicue bulbosis creberi-ime indutis ; injlorescentiis folia longe excedentibus e cyniis scorpioideis i^luribus sat longe pedunculatis uti pedicelli calycibus plane longiores fulvide hispidissi- mis compositis ; hracteis foliis consimilibus nisi minoribus ; calycis campanulati hispidissimi segmentis lanceolatis acutis ; carollcs tubo calyce breviore pentagono glabro lobis tubo du|)lo longioribus lanceo- latis dimidio distali gradatim attenuatis sed baud linearibus apice acutis dorso appresse griseo-pubescentibus ; antheris quam corolhe lobi pauUulum brevioribus superne rectis inferne minute pubescentibus. Angola, in thickets between old Munonqueand U'jaio; Gossiveilcr, 3132. To be referred here are also specimens found by the same collector in grassy open woods of Berlinia Baumii, near Kutatj, no. 3958. Caules ex schedis cl. delectoris csespitosi, usque ad 7 ped. alt., fistulosi etsi lignosi, circa 6 mm. diam. Folia pleraque inf. (3-10 cm. long., juxta medium 13-18 mm. lat. ; costa centralis pag. inf. pro- minens ; folia juniora circa 3-4-5 x 1 cm., summa imminuta in bracteas transeuntia. Iniiorescentia usque 25x13 cm. Cymie ascendenti-patentes, summum circa 7 cm. long. Pedicelli pleri(jue 15 mm. long. Calyx 12 mm. long. ; segmenta basi 3 mm. lat. Corollae tubus 6 mm. long., basi 3 mm. sub limbo 4 mm. lat. ; lobi 14 mm. long., juxta basin 4 mm. lat., apicem versus 1*5 mm. Antherse 13 mm., stylus 25 mm. long. De fructu sileo. Differs from V. Medusa Brand chieiiy in the tall habit, the densely hairj^ leaves, the much more hispid inflorescences, and tlie larger flowers on longer pedicels, with larger calyx provided with broader segments and much broader corolla-lobes, which do not run out into a linear prolongation and are hnely pubescent upon the back. Among other characters V. harhata Brand is entirely clifterent in foliage and corolla. The flowers would seem to vary in colour, those of no. 3132 Mr. Gossweiler notes as "purplish green throughout," wbile of no. 305S he writes, " calyx purplish violet ; corolla segments whitish blue outside, brilliant violet-blue inside." (To be continued.) Journal of Botany. — Vol. 58. [Februahy, 1920.] 50 THE JOUllNAL OF EOTAI^T CORNELIUS VARLEY (1781-1873). Br James Groves, F.L.S. It is gratifying to be able to include in the roll of British botanists so remarkable a man as Cornelius Varley. A chance reference guided me to his paper " On Chara vulgaris,'''' read before the Microscopical Society on the 12th November, 1845, and published in 1849 in vol. ii. (pp. 93-104, tt. 14-21) of that Society's Trans- actions. The paper appears to have escaped notice, as it is not included in the generally comprehensive bibliographies of the group ; it was therefore a surprise to me to find in it a work of great merit. It consists of twelve pages of matter with eight coloured jolates, containing thirty-four figures, all but one of which are much magni- fied. In these Varley describes in plain but precise language, and depicts with his pencil in firm vigorous lines, just what he saw under his microscope, with no bias as to what he might be expected to see. It stands out in consequence as a fine original piece of work, and the drawings present a marked contrast to the extraordinarily clumsy and conventional monstrosities which appear in some histological plates of Charophyta of the earlier half of last century. The accurate manner in which he worked out the structure and development of the stem-cortex in its ascending and descending series is astonishing, and his figures relatipg to this on tt. 17 and 20 have never been surpassed for clearness and breadth of treatment. The drawings in detail of the various parts of the antheridium and of the oogonium and oospore are also excellent, the little tAvo-storied " cage " at the base of the' latter being admirabl}" shown. Though he did not quite appreciate the significance of the pro-embryonic growth, he showed its limited terminal process, and traced the origin of the corticate plant to a bud arising within the pro-embryonic whorl. His drawings of the young plant (t. 15) are very creditable. Varley approached the subject rather as a microscopist than as a botanist, and, although he gives a very fair general account of the structure of the plant, one of the principal objects of both text and figures was to show the result of his observations of the cyclosis or " streaming " in the various parts, in most of which he worked out the direction of the stream in each cell. In estimating the value of Varley's paper, it must be borne in mind that, although not published until 1849, it was read before the Society in 1845, seven years prior to the appear- ance of Alexander Braun's masterly paper, " Uber die Richtung verhaltnisse der Saftstrome in den Zellen der Characeen." That a countryman of our own should have made such a successful incursion into a field almost entirely monopolised by foreigners is a matter for congratulation. The colouring of the plates is unfortunately both crude and incorrect, but for this Varley could not have been responsible. The plant dealt Avith was evidently G. delicatula Braun, not that now generally known as G. vulgaris. This paper appears to be the only purely botanical one which CORNELirS VAlfLEY 51 Varley wrote, but in a much earlier paper on the use of the microscope in vol. 48 of the Transactions of the Society of Arts (1831), the structure of, and circulation in, Cliara was described at considerable length. This paper gives evidence of an immense amount of careful work, and it appears that the author had hundreds of the germinating plants under observation. A number of figures of the various parts of the plant, which in this instance was evidently C vulgaris, accom- panied the paper (t. 5. ff. 31-50), and these though rougher and less complete than those of the 1845 paper clearly show many important details of structure. They include drawings of the young plants with the rhizoid nodes and proembryonic whorl, a " branch with a naked base," a section of the oogonium and oospore walls and of the lime- shell, which Varley styles " the seed-skin the shell and the tubular envelope." The lime-shell is aptly described as " quite brittle, some- thing like egg-shell, white and transparent." In the earlier jiart of the paper, with all the enthusiasm of the expert "glass and brass" man, he enlarges on the construction of the microscope, and the most efficient methods of lighting &c.,.with a view to obtaining the very best optical results. The following volume of the Transactions^ xlix. ii (1833) pp. 179-194, contained a "Letter from Mr. C. Yarley in addition to his Observations on the Circulation in Chara vulgaris already published." In vol. 1. pp. 159-190, t. 7 (1836), in a paper entitled " Mr. G. Varley on his Vial Microscope," still further infor- mation is given as to the Chara, and there is in addition a description and figure of Nitella tenuissima from Cambridgeshire under the name of N. hyalina, to wdiich species it had then been referred. It is no wonder that these excellent papers and illustrations have escaped general notice, appearing as they do under such unlikely titles. Varley evidently gave a great deal of attention to the con- struction of apparatus for the continuous examination of living plants and animals. Braun, in his paper already mentioned, refers to Varley as being the first to observe the exit of the antherozoids from the cells of the antheridial filaments. The following particulars are mostly gleaned from Cosmo Monk- house's articles in the Dictionary of National Biograpliy and Mr. A. T. Story's book, James Holmes and John Varley, Yov the loan of the latter, and for further information, I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Percy Varley, a grandson of the subject of this notice. Cornelius Varley belonged to a particularly gifted family. He was the second son of Kichard Varley by his marriage with Hannah Fleetwood, who, there is some i-eason to believe, was a direct descendant of« General Charles Fleetwood by his marriage wnth Bridget, daughter of Oliver Cromwell. Not much is known of Richard Varley, but, according to Story, he was " a man of some mechanical ability and of considerable scientific attainments." His family consisted of five children, of whom four — John, Cornelius, William Fleetwood, and Elizabeth (who married William Mulready, II. A.) — distinguished themselves as artists. John, the eldest, wdiom Monkhouse summarises as " landscajie ])ainter, art teacher and astro- loger " (he might have added mechanician and pugilist!) was a remark- E 2 52 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY able instance of the combination of genius and eccentricity. A big man of immense physical strength and endurance, in his young days a particularly clever and successful water-colour painter, one of the most successful teachers of art of the day, earning, it is said, in his j^almy days over £3000 a year, but generall}^ in money difficulties ! Among his pupils were some of the greatest artists of his time ; he was the close friend of William Blake and the associate of Bulwer Lytton, Richard Burton, and many other men of mark. Cornelius was in his uncle's workshop at the age of twelve, and soon showed an extraordinary aptitude for the construction of optical and other philosophical instruments, and at the age of fourteen made himself a microscope, lenses and all. His inventions and improve- ments in connexion with scientific intruments and appliances were very numerous, and included graphic microscopes and telescopes. He was awarded the Gold Isis Medal of the Society of Arts for his lever microscope for watching the movements of animalculse, and in 1851 a prize medal for his Graphic Telescope, fort}^ years after its intro- duction. He contributed a number of articles to the publications of the Society of Arts, mostly in reference to optical instruments. He was Chairman of the Exhibition of 1851, and lived to be the oldest member of the Society of Arts. Curiously enough, from his early years he had a strong bias in the direction of art, especially water-colour painting. Both he and his brother John were among the founders of the Old Water- Colour Society, the idea of which he is stated to have originated. In its earlier years he contributed a number of landscapes to its exhibitions, but later on sent his pictures to the Royal Academ}^, Avhere he exhibited up to 1859. He seems to have been equally attracted by the invention and construction of scientific appliances and by landscape painting, the tvvo unlike pursuits taking turn about in absorbing his attention. It is unusual to find an extraordinary aptitude for mechanical science coupled with the aesthetic facult}^ of the pictorial artist. Both sides of the man are evident in the sketches of Char a, the firm sure hand of the mechanical draughtsman coupled with the artistic touch which dis- tinguishes them from almost all other histological drawings of these plants. A trait of Yarley's personal character is disclosed b}^ the following passage from Mr. Stor^'-'s book : — " ... In 1822 he accepted the appointment of governor of some mines in Brazil, a very lucrative appointment, and everything was arranged for his voyage ; but on discovering that slaves Avere to be employed on the estates he at once threw up the engagement, an act thoroughly characteristic of the man, and illustrative of the intense aversion he had all* through life to any kind of t^a-anny whether ph3^sical or moral," Though more evenly-balanced and methodical than his brother John, he was appa- rently none too practical in the affairs of everyday life, since some of his family believed and rather resented that Dickens had drawn from him the character of Harold Skimpole in Bleak House ! He died in 1873 in his 92nd year. Three of his sons were well-known electrical engineers and in- ventors, and one of them, Cromwell Fleetwood Varle}^ was concej-ned CORNELIUS VARLET 53 in the design of the first Atlantic cable. Another son, Samuel Arthur Varley (now in his eighty-eighth year), was, I understand, the dis- coverer of the Dynamo, and the first person to construct a self- exciting dynamic machine, independent discoveries of the same principle being made very shortly afterwards by Sir Charles Wheat- stone and Professor Siemens respectively. WAYFARma NOTES FROM GREAT NAMAQU ALAND. Br R. F. Rand, M.D., late Lt.-Colonel S.A.M.C. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1912,.60.) Namaqualand, Damaraland, Ovampoland, were familiar names to the men of the earlier Victorian days. All are now comprised within the South- West African Protectorate, for the government of which the Union of S. Africa has now accepted the mandate. To-day, travelling by rail and crossing the Orange River at Upington, one can in a day or two traverse country which took the old explorers weeks, and even months, of effort to accomplish. Un- certain rainfall and scarcity of water by the way were the great deterrents. The writer's visit was in early October 1919, and only a few days were available. Windhuk was the furthest point reached to the north. Thereafter a visit was paid to Liidentzbucht (Angra Pequena). Travellmg by rail from the Orange River, right up to Windhuk, one rarely catches sight of running water ; sand-river beds there are in plenty. Much of the country resembles the Cape Karroo. The surface may be rocky, stony, or sandy ; sometimes it is bare, some- times dotted over with isolated patches of bush, tufts of grass, and here and there a tree. It is the home of the xerophyte. Succulent forms are many. Patches of desolate country are occupied by the "milk-bush," a leafless Eupliorhia which grows in isolated clumps like a large rush, with stalks the thickness of a raspberry-cane. It is a social plant of exclusive habits, thriving where little else can. Upon the mountain sides and upon the level, sj^ecies of Aloe are to be seen : A. clichotoma very conspicuously. At a wayside halt, Kalkrand, species of the following were seen in flower — Lyciiim^ Blepharis, Leptosinmm, Helichrysum, and others, with a woody Asparagus of straggling habit. From the train window one. fre- quently saw dwarfed and woody undershrubs, and cricoid t3q:)es were common. In a ston}^ sandy desert, vegetation is hard put to it to live. The desert-plant has to resist drought, to resist the hunger and thirst of wandering buck or bird, and to resist the wind — usually a strong wind greedy of moisture. Hence the herbaceous and shrubby plants run to flesh, thorn, and wood, and indulge in leaves very sparingly. Vegetation clings to the river-bed and its near neighbourhood : in the Protectorate it is mostly a sand-river bed, where, at varying depths beneath the surface of the sand, water may be trickling. Sand and grit are the 54 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY normal occupants of the channel, visible running water is only occa- sionally seen, upon the rare coming of flood. In such a river as the Great Jb^ish liiver, at Seeheim, the river has cut itself a caiion-like path through horizontally-bedded rocks. The gorge is wide, one hundred yards and upwards; the floor is occupied by sand, with occasional protrusion of rock ; the water, when it flows, may course from side to side In lateral channel. Trees of considerable size grow in the sand-bed out of reach of the ordinary flood- water. Such trees take chances and may be overthrown in times of exceptional flood : in the gorge they find water and shelter and the risk is incurred. Many of these trees are Acacias, but there are others the writer could not identify. One, a considerable shrub, showed an interesting feature. It had yellow flowers, about an inch in diameter ; surrounding the superior ovary was a gro^^^h of Avhite silk hair, enclosed within a membranous bladder-like envelope.* After fertilization this envelope ruptures, the hairs develop in size and strength, become brownish in colour, form- ing regular rows upon the surface of the ovary, and serve to disperse the wind-borne fruit. Hound about Seeheim, Gomphocarpits fruti- cosus grew in profusion. This Asclepiad is a pestilent weed and overruns many parts of Africa. The sand-river varies very much, according to the type of country in which it occurs, and we find its fades varying with the slope. If the declivity be small and the valley wide, the sand-river spreads itself out over a wide area. Charged with water, the sand, in time of flood, becomes mobile, be the fall ever so slight ; but upon a considerable slope it does not, when dry, lose all mobility. In areas occupied by ancient crystalline rocks, where the rainfall is a negligible quantity, one may see a sand- river system very well. Small sand-' streams course down the higher tributary valleys, join up with others, and finally discharge themselves into the sand-river bed of the main valley. This may be confined within definite banks of rock, but, If the slope be slight, jdooIs and lakes of sand — if the terms be admissible — are formed. A wide flat valley may be filled with such a lake of sand, which at the margins may creep up the sides of the enclosing hills like water up the sides of a burette. The sand-river system In a mountainous area is comparable to a glacier-system. The sand-river is always there ; water may be but rarely present, but some tree with deeply-striking roots may tell of underground suppl3^ Many of the plants one sees are the desj^alr of the collector ; they cannot be made to He decorously between sheets of botanical drying-paper. The fleshy types have been so well protected by nature against drying that it is diiiicult to preserve them In a way that will give any Idea of the plant in its normal surroundings. Take Sarco- caulon, two species of which were seen In flower ; it is one of the hardiest of the desert plants. One species had pink flowers; the other one seen had flowers of pale yellow. The fleshy stem bristles with formidable spines. In full bloom it is a beautiful vision, and only sketch or photograph could picture it. A flowering-plant in the desert is a precious thing, for a plant speaks of life and comrade- ship, as Mungo Park, the well-beloved, found in the long ago. WATFARING NOTES FRO:^r NAMAQTJALAND 55 Near Liklentzbuclit (Angra Pequena), amid crevices of the rock and close to the sea, two species of jPcla)y/onium were seen in flower, as also tliree species of Mesemhryanthermim ; all succulents. Several flowering Composites were also seen and two small species of Eu- pliorhia. This in early October, 1919 ; but in April 1915, during the campaign, the writer saw many more. No arborescent forms were seen near the coast (Angra Pequena), the plants seen were all herbaceous, and usually fleshy. It is not until one has proceeded some miles inland, and the country has risen 1000 feet and more that larger forms appear. Probably the high winds which sweep the littoral are responsible for this. In dry desert regions the wind is a potent agent and determines many forms, even that of earth itself. SHORT NOTES. Newspaper Botany. As a rule one disregards the semi-scientific effusions in the newspapers, but I cannot allow the following, which appeared in the Daily Telegrapli of the 14th January, to pass without protest, especially as it emanates from a Fellow of the Linnean Societ}^ In an article headed "Noxious Weeds," Mr. Donald McDonald makes the following extraordinary statement : — " There is a weedy grass which in recent years has established itself on the confines of Poole Harbour. It bears the name of Spartina Town- shendii [sic] and is supposed to have found its way across the Atlantic." It is diflficult to imagine the mental outlook of a man who could describe ^partina Townsendii 2i^ "a weedy grass," particularly for one who, like myself, has the privilege of seeing the glorious stretches of golden brown — the beauty of which in the sunshine it would be impossible to exaggerate — that it forms in autumn and winter at the mouths of our Hampshire and Isle of Wight rivers. To speak of the plant as a " noxious weed " is a gross libel, considering that it has been found of immense service in fixing the loose mud-banks in the estuaries of our southern rivers, and has been planted for the purpose in several localities to which it had not naturally found its way, thus fulfilling a role analogous to that of the Marram in relation to the sand-hills. From Mr. McDonald's remark one would suppose that the plant had originated in this country at Poole Harbour. Is it possible that he has entirely missed the various papers by Dr. Otto Stapf and others, in which the almost certainly hybrid origin of the plant, its utility, and its progressive distribution have been demon- strated? James Groves. [Mr. Groves' s entirely justifiable protest omits reference to the fact that he and his brother were the original describers of Spartina Toivnsendii in the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1880 (reproduced in Journ. Bot. 1881, 347) ; a fuller description by them, with an excellent plate by Mr. Henry Groves, appeared in Journ. Bot. 1882 (p. 1, t. 225).— Ed. Journ. Bot.] Sex-terms for Plants. I should like to add a few words to my note on this subject in last year's Journal (p. 285). It seems to 56 THE JOUR^^AL OF BOTAT^Y me that if an author, for the purpose he has in hand, desires to 2^0 beyond the familiar and convenient terms "male" and "female," in order to particularise the two kinds of individuals met with in dicBcious " Seed-plants " (in which the two generations are combined), as distinguished from the two kinds of gametophytes met with in some of the Cryptogams, he requires for this purpose two new terms denoting "male-element-bearing" and "female-element-bearing." The use of a "macro" and "micro" set of terms as suggested by Dr. Chui'ch is, I submit, open to objection, inasmuch as relative size is incidental, and the really important distinctive element of sex is ignored in them. The codification of botanical terminology seems a erjdng necessity. One rarely nowadays reads a book or extensive paper, dealing with original work, which does not contain some new term or some existing term used in a specialized sense ; and it is not unusual to find the same term applied differently by diferent authors. It is quite impossible for Dr. Jackson or any other man to keep pace with this constantly-growing vocabulary ; moreover, a glossary alone does not meet the need. One realizes that such a codification is a herculean task, but I think some attempt might be made to deal with it in sections at future International Botanical Congresses. It is, I suppose, only natural for anyone engaged on a special line of research, when he cannot find an existing term which exactly fits the needs of tlie moment, to coin a fresh one ; but the result of such action has been to build up an enormous and unwieldy mass of terminology and to hedge the science round with unnecessary difficulties. — James Geoyes. Juis^cus PYGM.EIIS Rich. In the Journal for September last (p. 2G0), I reported a new Cornish locality for this plant. Being previously unacquainted with the plant, I referred my specimens to an eminent critical botanist, now deceased : his reply was, " Your Rush is Jiincua injfjmceus.''' Further examination by other botanists has shown that the specimens are really J. capitatus Weigel, in a rather stunted state. I believe my deceasecl friend would have corrected his own diagnosis, had he lived ; as matters are, it remains for me to do so, at the same time regretting that an error should have found its way into print. — H. Dowis'es. EEVIEWS. Dr. John JPotliergill and his Friends : Chapters in Eighteenth Centarji Life, By R. HiXGSTON Fox, M.D. 8vo, pp. xxiv, 434, with 13 plates : price 21s. net. Macmillan. IiN" this well-printed and scholarly volume, Dr. Kingston Fox has made an important contribution alike to the histoiy of botany ^nd to that of the period to which it relates. From the latter standpoint tlie book has received a duly appreciative notice in the Times Literary Supplement and elsewhere : our own remarks must for the most part be restricted to its former aspect. The main facts of Fothergill's life are sufficientlv well known. DB. JOHN FOTnEEGTLL AND IITS FRTEXDS 57 Born in Yorkshire in 1712, he graduated M.I), at Edinburgh in 17'3() and in 1740 settled in London, as a ph^^sician, where he died in 1780 : his " public repute during the latter years of his practice throughout Great Britain and Ireland, in some parts of Europe and in the North American colonies and the East and West Indies was probably greater than that of any other London physician." Dr. Fox has not only embodied in his book the not inconsiderable amount of materiiil already published relating to Fothergill, but has supplemented it by an abundance of information derived from various sources, including MSS. in the Botanical Department and at the Koyal and Linnean Societies, and by others in the possession of the Society of Friends, to wdiicli body Fothergill belonged, and of the Fothergill family. One of the most noteworthy features of the volume is the completeness of its references and footnotes, the latter containing much information relating to persons incidentally mentioned and evincing minute and careful research. Fothergill's interest in botany is associated with his celebrated garden at L^pton ; to this Dr. Fox devotes a chapter, wherein he traces its history and describes its present condition : it now consti- tutes West Ham Park — "an open space of 80 acres, surrounded by the teeming population of this eastern suburb." Fothergill bought the estate, which he afterwards enlarged, in 1762 : a letter from him to Linnaeus in the Linnean Society's Library, written in 1774 in Latin, translated by Dr. Fox, shows that the suggestion was due to Collinson, who " urged me to form a garden, himself giving me many things ; and oyjportunity favoured the collection of others. Thus has come into being a paradise of plants of small extent, whose master, if slenderly furnished with botanical science, has at least a burning love of botany itself" (p. 183). The garden thus modestly described was regarded by those who knew it far more appreciatively : according to Banks, with the exception of Kew '* no other garden in Europe, royal or of a subject, had nearly so many scarce and valuable plants." On this subject Banks was well qualified to speak : we have in the Botanical Department the " Day-book " from 1777 to 1797 of the Banksian collections, which were at that period the chief source of botanical information for horticulturists. In this book are determi- nations— mostly in the writing of Solander or Dryander, but with occasional entries by Banks — of plants sent from Kew and other gardens to be named : among these the lists of plants from Fother- gill's garden occupy twelve pages, ranging from May 1777 to 1780, the year of his death. There are notes on many of the species by the botanists mentioned and several are indicated as new ; some of these are described in the Solander MSS. and were subsequently published in Alton's Ilortus Kewensis. The specimens from Fothergill in the National Herbarium to which Dr. Fox refers (p. 199) were for the most part sent from the Upton garden for the purpose of naming ; many are types for the descriptions in Ilortus Keivensis — a list of the plants from Fothergill therein and elsewhere described is given by Dr. Fox (pp. 203-7). With characteristic energ}'-, Fothergill took every opportunity of enriching his garden — by correspondence at home and abroad, by the 58 THE JOTJENAL OF BOTAKT aid of sea-captains and travellers, and by the emplojanent of collectors, among whom were Archibald Menzies, then a yonng man of twenty- one, William Brass, Henry Smeathman, and vaiious Americans, including the Bartrams and Humphry Marshall. The garden was especially rich in North American plants ; a letter from Fothergill to the last-named (quoted on p. 194) gives some account of these: "it is acknowledged by our ablest botanists that there is not a richer bit of ground, in curious American plants, in Great Britain." The history of some of the more interesting plants is given in detail (pp. 195-197) — e. g. the Tea-plant, Ginseng, Illicium Jlori- danum, and Arbutus Andrachne. The last, as Dr. Fox states, was the subject of a paper by Ehret in Phil. Trans. Ivii. 124 (1767) ; this is accompanied by an excellent plate, the sketch for which is among the large collection of Ehret's drawings in the Department of Botany (no. 93 a). The tree was grown from seeds sent to Fother- gill from Aleppo by Alexander Russell in 1754, who also forwarded a sjDecimen of which Ehret made the drawing (no. 93 h), Avhence the dissections on the published plate were taken. Curiously enough, the Arbutus does not appear in the list of plants in Russell's Natural History of Aleppo, nor is there a specimen from him in the National Herbarium, which contains so many of his ])lants. Among the trees wdiich still remain from Fothergill's time. Dr. Fox mentions (p. 200) "an ancient JEuonymus'''' — this we understand is really Rhamnus catliarticus : one or two slips on this and the following page — e. g. " gingko " and cyrenaica (for 'pyrenaica^ suggest that Dr. Fox is not altogether familiar with botany — an impression confirmed by the note (p. 191) that Lantana JBartraniii Baldwin is " akin to Viburnum " a mistake doubtless arising from the name Viburnum Lantana. If this be so, great credit is due to the author for the general accuracy of his botanical references. The Bartram commemorated by Baldwin (cfr. HeliquicB JBaldiviniance, p. 24) was, as its author expressly states, John — not William, as suggested by Dr. Fox, — and the same correction applies to Salisbury's genus Bartramia, referred to in the same note. It may be said here that mistakes of any kind are astonishingly few and those of but little importance : for example, Fothergill's house (16 Harpur Street, W.C.) is not " now " — and indeed never was — " occupied by a Bene- dictine brotherhood," although Abbot (now Cardinal) Gasquet and another monk lived there before the departure of the former for Rome. Among the Friends — in both senses of the word— due prominence is given to Peter Collinson (1694-1768) to whom frequent reference has been made in these pages, and to John Bartram (1699-1777) ; the chapter devoted to these two men, of whose activities an admirable summary is given, is among the most interesting in the book. We gather from the two last of the seven letters from Bartram to Fothergill (1769-71) preserved in the Botanical Department — these have not been printed, but will appear in the w^ork on Bartram that we are expecting from Miss Carlotta Herring-Browne — that the rela- tions between them may have become strained: in the last (May 19, 1771) Bartram complains of Fothergill's silence, to which he had DR. JOITN FOTTTEEGTLL A^^D TFIS FETENDS 50 already referred in the letter ot the previous September, " which inclines me to conjecture he has taken some afront which if he hath I am intirely inocent & ignorant which wu}'- & he should candidly & friendly advertised me thereof." With Collinson Fothergiirs [)ersonal relations, which began about 1740, were for many yeai-s of the most cordial nature, as is shown in the " Account " published anonymously two years after his death as '' a Letter to a Friend " : in this it is noted that Collinson had "a vast treasure of dried speci- mens of plants," of whose subsequent history we have no trace. As w^e said at the beginning of this notice, our remarks must be mainly confined to the botanical interest of the book ; but this forms only a portion, and that not the largest portion, of its contents. We have indeed seldom met with a volume which, while never unduly discursive, appeals to so many various interests : the members of Dr. Fox's own profession will ap^^reciate the chapters which deal with FothergilFs work as a physician and with his medical friends — some, e. g. Lettsom, themselves connected with botany ; historians will like the chapters wdiich deal with Fothergill's intimate relations with America, both before and after the War of Independence, and with Benjamin Franklin ; the chapters relating to the Society of Friends, especially that on Acworth School, should interest a wider circle than the members of that body ; those on his pioneer work as a philan- thropist and social reformer and on his other scientific interests afford evidence of Fothergill's energy and breadth of view: there is an account jilso of " Home Life in London " from the MS. journal from the diary of a niece who visited Fothergill in Harpur Street in 1769-70. The book, which has portraits and other illustrations, ends with a careful and sympathetic appreciation of Fothergiirs character ; and there is of course an excellent index, from which how^ever the Upton garden is omitted. Thalassiioplnjfa and the Suhnerial Transmiqrafion. By A. H. Church, M.A. Botanical Memoii-s. No. 3. Oxford University Press, 1919. 95 pp. Price Zs. Qd. net. In" this remarkable treatise Dr. Church expresses his views as to the marine origin of all land vegetation. In a previous memoir — • The Bvilding of an Autotrophic Flagellate (noticed in this Journal for 1919, p. 288) — he prepared the way by showing that Life itself must have originated solely from the ions of sea-water, and he indicated the inevitable steps b}^ which the resultant unicelkilar organisms of the Plankton Epoch Avere developed and acquired those fixed cytological cliaracters which all subsequent cells have inherited. Autotrophic plant-cells those early organisms mostly were ; but with them were associated animal derivatives. In the present memoir the story is carried forward ; and it is shown how after long ages, when the ever-rising sea -bottom had become elevated to within a hundred fathoms of the surface of the all-enveloping ocean, and thus had afforded a safe and convenient anchorage to both plants and animals to settle on, the second or Benthic Epoch began. And now for the first time multicellular sessile algae (and animals) came 60 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY into being and elaborated those morphological and anatomical cha- racters which we find in marine algse of the present time — e. g., filamentous or parenchymatous fronds, all sorts of ramification, leaf- like ramuli, shrubby habit, apical and meristematic growth, haptera, mucilage hairs, reproductive organs in great variety, alternating generations, sporangia, &c. — in fact, all the normal equipment of marine phytobenthon. After further ages the sea -bottom graduall}- came right up to the surface, exposing whole continents of benthic life to the severe ordeal of an aerial environment. Thus began the Epoch of the Land Flora ; and any algse that failed to adapt themselves to the novel and exacting conditions perished miserably. The severity of the struggle was mercifully tempered by the exceeding slowness of the changes by the daily tides, and by the newly acquired advantages of a vastly increased supply of sun- shine and oxygen. The chief problems to be met Avere the risk of desiccation, the loss of food-salts, the need of a sti:ffening endo- skeleton, as well as the adaptation of the organs and modes of reproduction to meet the requirements of the new aerial conditions, and the modification of the spore-mechanism to secure aerial dispersal. Dr. Church has much to tell us about these matters — such as the production of roots, the origin of the transpiration current and of stomata, the polyphyletic elaboration of that successful adaptation the archegonium,' the"^ apparent decadence but really efficient economy of the gametophyte, the spore- wastage of the Fern, heterospory, &c. It was the Green Algse only that succeeded in gaining a footing on the dry land, and of these only the highest "types survived ; hut so completelV altered have they become in shape, structure, physiology, and reproduction, that their algal ancestry is now untraceable. We have distinct phyla of Bryophyta, Lycopods, Equisetaceai, Ferns, Gymnosperms, Angiosperms, &c. (The antherozoids of the Lycopods and Ferns indicatethat the cleavage between these two ph^da reaches back to the Planltton Epoch.) Two other interesting groups that date from the same period of land-emergence are the Characese and the Fungi. To the latter a long and instructive chapter is devoted pointing out their markedly polyphyletic origin {e. g. Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes, Uredinese) from algae which held their own by reason of adopting a saprophytic or parasitic life, and by elaborating resting-spores, air-borne spores, &c., which withstand drought and ensure a wide dispersal. No trace of the highly organized green alg* of the transmigration is ever likely to be found in geologic strata, since they were earlier than the sedimentary rocks. They developed into land-plants and left no trace in the ocean. Brown and Red Algse, however, were unfitted to benefit bv the transmigration, the brown being inadequately developed in reproductive mechanism, the red in vegetative structure. They are with us still and are little altered. That the transmigrant land-fiora should seem so unconformable with modern marine algse is no more surprising than that the land-mammals are unlike the fish. The above sketch briefly indicates the scope and importance of Dr. Church's meinoir and the originality of his views. No such clear- sio-hted and thoughtful contribution to the study of plant- THE SUBAEEIAL TEANSMIGRATION 61 evolution has ever before been achieved. Incidentally it shows that the answer to such fundamental questions as — why are plants composed of cells? or, why is their reproductive mechanism so complex ? — must be sought in the sea. " The beginnings of Botany are in the sea " ; and the equipment of the land-plant is necessarily inherited from its marine ancestors. No student or school of botany can afford to neglect or overlook this illuminating contribution to a much debated branch of natural science. Dr. Church's writings constitute a new era in the study of botany. It is perhaps to be regretted that his hyjDotheses are presented in so condensed a style; the reading demands sustained effort to follow the close reasoning and to retain and grasp the logical conclusions. Dr. Church has laid the botanical world under a great obhgation ; and it is with the greatest interest that we look forward to further publications by so inspiring and suggestive a writer. A. G. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. Theee recent contributions (1919) to the Journal of the College of Science of the Imperial University of Tokyo reach us for notice : all are written in German and are suitably illustrated. — In Eesearches on^ Water- Absorption by Cut Branches (xKii. 2), Taneyoshi Matsu- shima emphasizes the fact that diminution of absorptive activity is insignificant in plants with abundant woody parts, but very con- siderable in forms with latex, mucilage, or resin -secreting tissues. In the latter case burning the cut ends assists water-absorption. The presence of acids, especially organic ('1 to 1 %), normally increases the capacity, alkalies depress it ; but the converse holds for the forms with mucilage, resin, etc. In Oncological Studies on the Vegetation of the Ota Dunes (xliii. 3), Yoshiji Yoshii gives a general account of this dune of the Pacific Coast, between a River Tone and the Kashima Sea, and its special flora. Characteristic vegetation ranges from Dune forest of Finus Thunlergii to bushes of Jiiniperus rigidus and Eleagnus fragrans. The tops of the sand-hill include special types, as Garex macrocephala, C. pumila, Fhelloperus littoralis, Ischcennim anthe- pJwroides and I. muficum. On the sandy beach Wedelia prostrafa is conspicuous, with Calystegia Soldanella ; these types are discussed in detail. Garex macrocephala is the first colonist of moving sand, with rhizome-system spreading a foot beneath the surface at 6-10 ft. a year, and is an essential factor in dune-building ; vertical rhizomes thrusting upwards raise the level at 6-14 inches a year. Ischcemum antlieplioroides forms tussocks in the sand, and Phellopterus littoralis is also effective in binding the surface. Yoshinari Kuwada continues observations on the chromosome- number of Zea Mays (xxxiv. 10). The haploid number, as seen in meiosis of pollen-development varies from 10-12, and the diploid number (in root-apices) from 20-24, in various cultivated races as Sugar-corn, Black Starch, Amber liice Pop-corn, Black Mexican. 62 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT Hybrids between these races show a varying number of gemini, not always constant for the same type. From the fact that other presumably older races as Chinese Maize, Pod-Maize, and EuchlcBna mexicana all show 10 gemini, it is concluded that 10 is the original number (as also in Androfogon Sorghum), and variations are due to mutations and j^ossibly hybridization with some hypothetical form of Andropogon, as suggested on slender evidence by Collins (1912). Evidence In support of this view is obtained by measurement of the chromosomes, as long and short ; the longer ones being referred to IHuclilwna, the shorter to Andropogon. Subdivision of either 1 or 2 special chromosomes of the Euchlcena-type is supjDOsed to be responsible for the additional units, with variants dominant in the hybrid forms. Considerable space is devoted to working out schemes for suggested unions to account for the peculiarities of the hybrids of the above- mentioned varieties. In view of the interest attaching to the evolution of strains of Zea Mags in America, and recent condition of affairs, it is a matter of regret that the paper should have been written in German. Mr. Oliver Atkins Farwell sends us from time to time extracts from various American sources, often pharmaceutical, the chief object of which appears to be the formation of new com- binations. We have more than once protested against this perverted form of industry, which can only result in the addition of new and still-born names to our already overburdened nomenclature. To take two examples: Mr. Farwell (in Druggists'' Circular, N. York, Ixiii. 50) says that *'the correct name" of the plant universall}'- known as Fremna taitensis Schauer is "P. arhorea (Forst. f.) N. Comb." (the capitals, always employed, are of the original note). Geoi'ge Forster's name — Scropliularioides arhorea — is a nomen nudum and has never been quoted except in synonymy, so Mr. FarwelFs " correct name " has not the slightest claim to recognition. On the preceding page Mr. Farwell projwses to restore Bruce's Gusso for Hagenia ahgssinica {■=Bragera anflielmintica) : had he referred to Bruce's book instead of taking the reference from tlie Kew Index — the facile source of many literary rather than botanical combinations — he would have seen that, far from intending Cusso to be regarded as generic, Bruce actually bestowed a Latin name on the plant — the j^late is lettered " Cusso or Banksia Ahgssinica,'" and the latter name appears also in the text (p. 78), although neither Ind. Kew. nor Mr. Farwell quote this. In this case, however, Mr. Farwell, had he carried his investigations a little farther, might really have secured a " N. Comb." ; for ahgssinica is certainly the oldest name for the species, and it is open to the next writer on Bragera to restore it, though we have no intention of doing so. If it were desirable to continue this criticism, Mr. Farwell supplies abundant material; but enough has been said to show that his "correct names" and " N. Comb." must not be accepted without investigation. It may be noted that his adoption of Veronica persica as the correct name for that species (Khodora, xxi. 101 : May, 1919) was anticipated by Mr. Lacaita on firmer ground in this Journal for Feb. 1918, p. 5-3. ' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 03 That the protest given above as to new combinations resulting only from literature is not without justification is shown by the following extract from a recent paper by Mr. J. F. Macbride (Contrib. Gray Herbarium, no. lix. p. 33 : Sept. 1919) :— " Mr. G. Claridge Druce, Bot. Exch. Club, v. 38 (1918), has reduced the genus Allo- carya to Lappicla. It is to be regretted that he has not given the reasons which induced him to make this, to say the least, striking reduction, for the genera Allocarya and Lappula are even more distinct than Eritrichium and Lappula., genera universally accepted. It seems almost inconceivable that Mr. \pruce had a specimen of Allocarya before him at the time he referred it to Lappula {L. sti- pitata (Greene) Druce, I. c). Kather does it seem probable that the plant collected as a waif in England was, in fact, one of the annual species of Lappula, although the fact that the determination was made by Dr. Thelling decidedly weakens that theory." The Kew Bulletin (no. 10, 1919) contains an account of the arrangements made for the Botanical Survey of the Union of South Africa, to which Miss A. G. Corbishley, B.A., of the University of South Africa, has been appointed assistant at Kew. Mr. W. B. Turrill has a revision of Mendoncia, which now includes twent3^-five species, whereof live are new, and Mr. W. B. Grove continues his enumeration of species placed by Saccardo in the genus Fhoma. The Annals of Botany (January) contains a long paper by E. Muriel Bristol " On the Algal-Flora of some desiccated English Soils : an important Factor in Soil Biology " ; there are descriptive notes, with figures, of the nineteen species found, two of which — Ghlamydomonas pluristigma and Gongrosira terricola are new. Dr. Salisbury writes on " Variation in Anemone apennina and Cle- matis Vitalha^ with special reference to Trimery and Abortion '' — a continuation of his observations on Eranthis and Ficaria published last year in the Amials. Dorothy Bexon discusses " The Anatomy of some Polycotylous Seedlings of Centranthus ruher " : and B. Salmi, Professor of Botany at Benares, writes on " Certain Archaic Features in the Seed of Taxus haccata, with Remarks on the Antiquity of the TaxineodP The Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh (vol. xxvii. pt. 4) — which, like the Kew Bulletin and several other important publications, makes no use of its page-headings — contains papers by Mr. Arthur Bennett on Calamagrostis strict a and C. strigosa and on the Flora of Caithness, with notes on Hagstrom's *' Critical Researches on Potamogeton,'''' excluding the British species which were discussed in this Journal for 1919 (pp. 10- 20), and a note on P. longifolius Gay. Captain W. B. Gourlay writes at length on Vaccinium intermedium Ruthe, on which, with Captain G. M, Vevers, he contributed to the same volume of the Journal an account (p. 259) to which no reference is made. Mr. W. W. Smith establishes a new genus of Gesneracem — Whytockta, commemorating the President of the Botanical Society — for Staur- anthera chiritcefloraOliY., and there are obituaries of Dr. R. C.Davie and W. B. Boyd. 64 THE JOURNAL OP BOTAKY The Eev. Ethelbert Blatter, S. J., is publishing in the Becords of the Botanical Survey of India ( Grovernment Press, Calcutta) a Flora Arahica, on the lines of his Flora of Aden which appeared in the same periodical : the first part {Records, vol. viii. no. 1) contains the orders RanunculacecB to MoringacecB. The synonymy and distribution are very fully given ; there are no new species, but a few new varieties of well-known plants, as well as new combinations, rendered necessary by the reduction of genera — two in Balanites and two in Vitis. We are sorry to note that the usefulness of page- headings is ignored as is too frequently the case ; " Records " &c. on the left hand and *' Flora Arabica " on the right occupy throughout space which might profitably be filled \)j the name of the order and genus under consideration, after the fashion of all the best floras. The Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique (liii.), which, dated 1914, has but lately come to hand, contains a full biography by E. Marchalof Theophile Durand (1855-1912), with portrait and bibliography. The New Pliytologist (xviii. no. 8 ; Dec. 4, 1919) contains a paper by Dr. A. H. Church on " The Ionic Phase of the Sea " and " Observations on the Perianth in Ranunculus auriconms and Ane- mone coronaria " by W. B. Turrill. The Report of the Watson Botanical Exchange Club for 1918-19 has been unavoidably delayed ; it is proposed to issue this with the Report for 1919-20 early in the present year. Mr. J. E. Little will be the distributor. As a slight expression of sympathy with M. Cardot, of Charle- viUe, in his losses through the occupation and destruction of most of his possessions by the Grermans during the War (see Journ. Bot. 1914, 313), a fund is being raised to enable the Paris Museum of Natural Histor}^ to purchase his herbarium of Mosses, practically the only part of his belongings that remains intact. The herbarium is a very valuable one, containing the types of many new species and tlie material on which is based his numerous and well-known bryological treatises. It is M. Cardot's great desire that the herbarium shall become the property of the French nation, but unfortunately with his present restricted means he is not in a position to make a gift of it, while the funds at the command of the Museum authorities scarcely permit of its purchase at what would be an adequate value. The Museum authorities have, however, agreed to find half the price agreed on — a price of 10.000 f. has been arranged — if the remaining half can be raised among friends and sympathisers. Botanical friends in the U.S.A. are undertaking to raise half of the balance, leaving the sum of 2500 f . to be found here. This at the present rate of exchange would entail a sum of between £60 and £70. Contributions towards this fund will be gratefully received by Mr. H. N. Dixon, 17 St. Mat- thew's Parade, Northampton, who is acting as Treasurer of the fund. "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. In view of the fact that the stoek of these is in some eases practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear m the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and it will of course be impossiljle to reprint them : among the latter may be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses, Mr. liiddelsdeirs Flora of Glamorf/ansliire, Mr. Dallman^s Notes m the Flora of Denhighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett^s Supplement to * Topographical Botany: Of the Supplements to the Biographi- cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs. Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhfs 'English Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany : only sixteen copies remain. It may be ])ointed out that, although for the most part relating to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal. Such are the Index Abecedarius—^ list of the plants in the first edition of Linnjeus's Species Plantaruni, showing at a glance what are included in that work, which has no index of species; the History of Alton s ' Hortus Keicensis; which contains much in- formation as to the authors and contents of that classical work ; the Flora of Oihraltar, Avhich, besides a C(miplete list, contains notes on the more interesting species; Linuiwus's Flora Anglica — the first Enghsh Flora— has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these there are numerous copies. \_Over. "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS, Price Si\t Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawings for Sowerby's 'English Botany' (pp. 276), By F. A. Gaert. Price Five Shillings. Mora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod (pp. 153). Price Th^ee Shillings. The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslef^ B.A. Price Half -a -crown. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. Lintun, M.A. Flom of Glamorganshire. By the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, B.A. Price Two Shillings. A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wollet-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallma^^ F.L.S. {2s. each.) Price Eighteen -pence. The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Kev. H. G. Jamesox. Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. Qd. each). British Euphrasije. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac. [ndex Abecedarius; an Alphabetical Index to LinnsBus's Species Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's * Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britten, F.L.S. Lmnjeus's 'Flora Ansrlica.' Prices in all cases net, post free. Order's tcith remittance should he addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4. Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.) are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. No. 687 MAECH, 1920 Vol. LVIII T H E JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN EDITED BV JAMES BRITTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRI^J'ISH MUSEUM. CONTENTS PAGE ! PAGE Roya ancjlicaG. S. West, a new Des- Schranlaa wicmpJu/Ua. By James mid: with an emended Description Brittev FLS 89 of the Genus Eo/yo. By William ' * " ' J. HODGETTS, M.Sc. 6.5 ., , , ,, TD- 1, J w ■ f Short NoTi :— Bedfordshire Plants. 91 i e-phalanthera Richard or EpipadLS Crantz ? By Colonel M, J. God- FERY, F.L.S 69 Reviews: — Alabastra Diversa. — Part XXXII. Outlines of the History of Botany. By Spencer LeM. Moore, B.Sc, By R. J. Harvey-Gibson, D.L., F.L.S 74 M,A 91 Deirei^rella conrien-o's, sp. nov. By H. F. Wernham 80 Applied Botany. By G. S. M. Rhaphidostegiuni cupspitosinn (Sw.) and its Affinities. By H. N. Dixon, M. A., F.L.S 81 Book-Notes, News, etc 91 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W. 1 Frice One Shilling and Eightpence SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. JQHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A very extensive stock of Books on Botany (Systematic, Economic, and Geo- graphical), Forestry, Gardening, etc., always available. Any book quoted for, and those not in stock sought for, without charge. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT QUEEH STREET, KIN6SWAY, LONDON, W.C. 2. Telephone : Gerrard 1412. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED Br JAMES BRIT T E N, K.C.8.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DRPARTiMENT OP BOTANY, BlflTISII MUSEUM. The JouejS'al of Botany was established in 1863 by Seemaiin. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Without professing to occupy the vast field of general Botany, the Journal has from its inception tilled a position which, even now, is covered by no other periodical. It affords a ready and prompt medium for the publication of new discoveries, and appears regularly and punctually on the 1st of each month. While more especially concerned with systematic botany, observations of every kind are welcomed. Especial prominence has from the first been given to British botany, and it may safely be said that nothing of primary importance bearing upon this subject has remained unnoticed. Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 Boston Boad, Brentford. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES— Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below pp. 7s. 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 4 pp. 4s. 6d 25 „ „ 4s. „ 5s. M 50 „ „ 5s. „ &s. M 00 „ „ 7s. „ Ss.Od 10s. Qd. 12 pp. 9s. ., lis. 6d. „ 12s. 6d. ., 14s. 16 pp. 10s. Gd. „ 13s. ., 14s. ., 15s. 6d. Separate Titles, Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. Twelve. Insertions. £1 12s. Od. each-] 17 6 .,1 All 10 0 „ f ' 6 6 „ J Page Half-page Quarter-page Eighth-page . One Insertion. £2 Os. 0(/. 12 6 12 6 7 6 Six Insertions. £1 lOs. Od. each 10 0 11 3 7 0 net. All applications for space to be made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. T' 65 ROYA ANGLICA G. S. West, A NEW BESMID ; WITH AN EMEI^DED DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS ROYA. By William J. Hodgetts, M.Sc. This new species of Roya was found in early April 1916 in some very shallow water in the swampy corner of a meadow at Quinton, near iiirmingham. It occurred in practically a pure growth (the only other Alg* present being a few Diatoms) which formed soft gelatinous pale-green masses, floating on the surface of the water. Countless numbers of vegetative cells, many of them in process of conjugation, were present, while zygospores occurred in thousands. The Alga as soon as found was submitted to the late Prof. G. S. West, who pronounced it to be a new and very interesting species of Roya : one, moreover, wliich made necessary some moditication of the characters on which this genus is founded. Prof. West made drawings of the Alga — which he named Roya anglica — and was to have published an account of it in the " Algological Notes " which he was contributing to this Journal ; but his untimely death pre- vented this from being carried out. The drawings have been placed in the hands of the present writer, and it seems desirable that a short description of the species should be published. Unfortunately, the Alga quickly disappeared from its original locality and has never been observed since, except very occasionally as isolated cells in water from the corner of the same meadow. The facts concerning this Alga have been taken from some notes and drawings made in 1916 and from characters observed in some permanent preparations, and from Prof. West's drawings. The fonn of the vegetative cell is cylindrical or subcylindrical, unconstricted, and very slightly tapering towards the extremities, the latter being subtruncate (A-D). The cells are sometimes quite straight but generally somewhat asymmetric, a slight but never regular curvature being present, especially in the longer cells, while the greatest width of the cell is often not in the middle but nearer to one end than the other (see A) ; in extreme cases the shape is almost clavate. The size varies considerably, the length being 35-80 ( — 112) ^, the greatest width 7-5-9 \x ; the ends are 5-7 /^ wide. The cell-wall is colourless and quite smooth, of moderate and uniform thickness, except at the ends of the cell where it is somewhat thicker than elsewhere (A-D). It is impossible to distinguish the line of demarcation between old and new semi-cells, but the younger end of the cell can often be determined by the fact that the thickening of the extremity of the cell- wall at this end is frequently less pronounced than it is at the older end. Neither in the unstained condition nor after staining with gentian- violet could any signs of pores or of an}^ other structure be observed in the cell-\vall, even under very high powders. Liitkemiiller * has examined the cell-w^all in other species of Roya and always found it * " Zur Kenntnis der Desmidiaceen Bolimens," Verhandl. der k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Ix. 479, 1910. Journal of Botant. — Vol. 58. [March, 1920.] f G6 THE JOURNAL OF EOTAlffY to be quite structureless ; and as a result of his observations he con- sidered that the genus should be removed from the position near Closterium, assigned to it by W. &Gr. S. West {British Desmidiacece, 1. 106, 1904), and placed among the. Saccoderm Desmids,. in the Tribe A. Fairly young vegetative cell, showing single chloroplast, lateral nucleus, and end-vacuoles. B. Somewhat older vegetative cell. C, D. Fully matured vegetative cells in which the chloroplast has divided in the middle into two parts, and the nucleus taken up a central position. E. Two cells in con- jugation, showing the extruded gametes uniting. F. Mature zygospore. All XoOO. Spirotsenieae (near Mesotceniuni) : West {Alga;, i. 380, 1916) agreed to this change. The chloroplast is generally single, axile, with (4?) longitudinal ridges, which, however, were sometimes very indistinct, and a lateral indentation in the middle where the nucleus is lodged (A, B) ; while there are 4-6 p3'renoids in a central series. The chloroplast was ROTA ANGLICA 67 usually observed to be in this condition, but in the case o£ older cells, and almost always in very long individuals, it was frequently com- pletely divided in the middle, the nucleus then being in a central posi- tion between the two half-chloroplasts (C, D). This division of the chloroplast appears to be preliminary to cell-division, but exactly how long the condition jx^rsists before the cell actually divides, or whether the divided chloroplast is to be considered a normal feature of the adult cell cannot definitely be stated. W. & G. S. West (in Journ. R. M. S. 1896, t. iii. fig. 2Sa') have given a figure of lio^a obtusa, var, montana showing the chloro- plast completely divided in the middle, but no mention of this is made in the test. Liitkemiiller* also figures an example of this condition in Hoya obtusa^ and sa3^s : " kommen aber auch oft genug Exemplare des CI. ohfusum zur Beobachtung deren Chlorophoren in der Zellmitte nicht einen seitlichen Ausschnitt, sondern eine voll- standige Unterbrechung zeigen." As such individuals might be mistaken by a beginner for a species of Clostermm, it should be noted that in the latter genus division of the chloroplast into two takes place very early, and is usually com- pleted before the young daughter-cells have separated. The greatly delayed division of the chloroplast is thus very characteristic of the genus Boya. In B. camhrica — which has been found several times in some marshes at Bearwood, near Birmingham — such cells with two chloroplasts were only rarely seen, in fact the condition was observed only in cells obviously soon going to divide. Liitkemiiller (/. c.) states that some species of Glosterium are known in which *'das Chlorophor in der Zellmitte der Kegel nach nicht unter- brochen sondern nur seitlich ausgeschnitten ist {CI. Linea^ CI. acu^ turn).'''' But W. & Gr. S. West's figures {Desmidiacece, i. t. xxiii.) of CI. Linea Perty [=(7Z. acutum var. Linea (Perty) W. & G-. S. West], and CI. acutum (Lyngb.) Breb. show two distinct chloroplasts, and it may be that Liitkemiiller's statement was based upon obser- vation of abnormal specimens. CI. acutum was found by the present wa-iter in a small pond near Birmingham, in 1918, but the cells always showed two chloroplasts. Ver}^ striking in B. anglica is the fact that the distal extremities of the chloroplast are always markedly concave, and at each end of the cell there is a conspicuous vacuole in which, however, no granules of an}^ sort were ever seen (see A-D). These characters at once distinguish the present species from the three previously described species of Boy a. W. & Gr. S. West {op. clt. 106) considered that the rounded ends of the chloroplast, and absence of terminal vacuoles, to be amongst the most characteristic features of the genus Boya^ but such characters cannot now be regarded as of generic importance. With regard to the presence of apical vacuoles in B. anglica it is interesting to note that Liitkemiiller (/. c.) has described a species of Clostermm {CI. car?iiolicum) in which terminal vacuoles are absent, * "Desmidiaceen aus der Umgebung des Millstiittereees in Karnten," op. cit, 1. 61 (1900). r2 68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SO that just as apical vacuoles are not constantly present in Clos- terium, they are not constantly absent in Hoya. In Senium, likewise, apical vacuoles are present in some but absent in other species. The absence of granules in the terminal vacuoles of H. anglica is hardly to be considered of much importance ; under somewhat different external conditions it is possible that they would develop. In Closterium, in one and the same species, their presence and number is often variable ; Liitkemiiller, for example, figures (/. c. t. i. fig. 11) an individual of CI. pusillum var. moiiolifhum with no granule in the end-vacuoles, although normally a single moving granule in each vacuole is present in this Desmid. As already remarked, a very large number of cells were in con- jugation. Two cells about to conjugate approximate and become embedded in a mass of mucilage. The mucilaginous masses observed floating in the water consisted mainly of agglomerated conjugating cells and zygospores, while vegetative cells were mostly free in the water, and appeared to develop very little if any mucilage. Each of the two conjugating cells puts out a protuberance, which, by local dissolution of the cell-wall, becomes a pore, through which the cell- contents emerge as a gamete (E). The pore is circular, and the cell-wall round it has a slight outward curl, making the aperture somewhat tubular; this apparently may be produced at any point in the cell-wall, except at the thickened extremities. The zygospore (F) is globose, with a thick, hyaline, smooth wall. This agrees with JR. ohtusa { — CI. ohtusum Breb.), observed in conjugation by Kirch- ner*, who states that the zygospores of this species are *' kugelig, glatt, in eine dicke Schleimlmlle eingesehlossen." G. T. Harris, however, who found B. ohtusa var. montana W. & G. S. West in conjugation in bogs on Dartmoor, records the zygospore as ellipsoid and smooth (size 22 ^ X 15 /x) t ; but the figure given by him (t. xix. fig. 11) does not show the pores in the cell- walls of the empty cells, through which presumably the gametes emerged. As far as I am aware, these are the only records of species of -Boy shaving been found in conjugation. In its mode of conjugation R. anglica recalls Oonatozygon rather than Closterium, but the characters of cell-wall and chloroplast at onco distinguish it from the former genus. In the fact that it has apical vacuoles, concave ends to the chloroplast, and the latter, in mature cells, frequently completely divided in the middle, R. anglica resembles Closterium and Fenium much more closely than do any of the other species of Boga. Indeed, it seems that the chief distin- guishing characters on which i?oy« can be retained are (1) the simple structureless nature of the cell-Mall, and (2) the fact that division of the chloroplast into halves is delayed until the cell has reached mature age, or even mitil it is about to divide. ♦ Beitr. Algenflora Wiirt. in Jahresh. Ver. f. nat. Naturk. Wiirttemberg, 1880, p. 173. t '• The Pesmid Flora of Dartmoor." Joiirn. Quekett Micros. Club, xiii. 254 (1917). ROTA ANOLTCA 69 Whether these characters alone are sufficient to base a genus upon, or whetlier it would be better to consider Roi/a as a subgenus of Closterium^ or even to drop it altogether and include the four known species in Glosferium, depends, of course, upon the degree of inijiortance which observation shows can be attached to such characters. For the present, at any rate, it seems desirable to retain the genus on the following modified basis : — KoYA W. & G. S. West in J. R. M. S. 1896, 152, descr. emend. Cellulae non constrictie, cylindracea3 vel subcylindracese, rectae vel leviter incurvje, utrinque levissime attenuata3, apicibus plus minusve truncatis vel obtuso-rotundatis ; membrana cellularum sine poris, levi, achroa ; chromato])hora singula, vel, cellulis maturis, in medio in duas partes divisa, axili, extremitatibus vel rotundatis et prope apices attingentibus, qui turn nullum locellum apiealem habent, vel extremi- tatibus concavis, et turn celluhe locellis apicalibus instructse ; nucleo vel laterali, in mediana incisura chromatophora3 singula? posito, vel, in cellulis maturis, centrali, inter duas chromatophoras ; pyrenoidibus pluribus mediana serie dispositis. KoTA ANGLiCA West, sp. nov. R. cellulis parvis, cylindraceis vel subcylindraceis, utrinque levissime attenuatis, rectis vel leviter in- curvis, apicibus subtruncatis, diametro 5-15( — 20)-plo longioribus ; membrana cellularum levis, achroa, ad extremitates leviter incrassata; chromatophora axilis, jugis longitudinalibus (4?) prsedita, extremita- tibus concavis, primo singula, postea cellulis maturis in medio in duas partes divisa ; cellulse locellis apicalibus instructae ; nucleus vel lateralis in mediana incisura chromatophorse singulae positus, vel, in cellulis maturis, centralis inter duas chromatophoras; quaeque cellula pyrenoidibus 4-6 medianis instructa. Zygosporae globosae leves. Long. cell. 85-80(-112) /x; lat. max. cell 7-5-9/^; lat. apic. 5-7 /i- ; diam. zygosp. 20-26 [x. Hah. in aqua minime profunda, Quinton, prope Birmingham (April 1916). My best thanks are due to Mr. W. B. Grove, M.A., who kindly helped me to look up several obscure references in connection with this paper. CEPHALANTHERA Richard or EPIPACTIS Crantz ? By Colonel M. J. Godfert, F.L.S. In Oest. Bot. Zeitschrift (1889, pp. 395-9, 422-430) appeared an extremely able and interesting paper by Dr. R. v. Wettstein, the main object of which was to show that the genus Cephal anther a has been wrongly separated from Epipactis, and which further suggested that Gephalanthera, Epipactis, and Limodorum should be re-united in one genus — Epipactis Crantz. In 1815 L. Richard (De Orchid. Eur. Adnot. pp. 51-2) first separated Cephalanthera from Epipactis, characterizing the genera as follows: — 70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Cephalanthera. " Ovar. sessile ; non contortum. Col. erecto connivens. Lah. inerme ; amplexans interruptum : Hypo-^hilium dorso gibbum ; Epichilium apice re- curvvim. Gynost. longnm ; rectum. Gyniz. trans verso-oblongus, prominens. Rost. nullum. Anth. marginalis ; ellip- tico-subrotunda ; ima tantum parte dor so Gynizi incumbens, csetero aperte eum superans : loculi connective ipsis crassiori antice adnati. Poll, massae lineares ; demum dorso Gynizi per imam partem adhaerescentes : granula simplicia." Epipactis. " Ovar. pedicellatum ; non contor- tum. Cal. patens ; laciniis subcon- formibus. Lah. inerme ; deorsum pa- tentiusculum nee amplexans ; interrup- tum ; Hypochilium concavo - gibbum ; Epichilium introrsum ad basim bi- gibbum. (rynos^.brevissimum; ratione ovarii ad posteriora declinans. Gyniz. subquadratus, deorsum prominens. Rost. apiculare, brevissimum obtusum. Ayith. marginalis ; postica ; cordata obtuse acuminata. Poll, massae ob- longo-ovatas ; prope apicem adglutin- ales : granula veluti triquadriglobu- lata." H. G. Eeiclienbach (Icones, xiv. 1851) differentiates them as follows : — "Labellum medio constrictum, arti- culatum, cum gynostemio rectangulum. Gynostemium breve, anthera obtusa triangula erecta, glandula rotunda " (p. 139). Plant, iii. 4S5, 1883) give the " Sepala patentia. Labellum supra basin latam concavam constrictum. Caulis foliatus, floribus capsulisque nutantibus v. pendulis." " Labelli medio constrieti, subarti- culati pars inferior cum gynostemio parallela basin versiis cum eodem connata. Gynostemium semiteres, gracili, anthera oblonga, glandule nullfe" (p. 133). Bentham and Hooker (Gen. following : — " Sepala conniventia. Labellum supra basin concavam v. breviter sac- cato-calcaratam constrictum. Columna longiuscula. Caulis foliatus, floribus capsulisque erectis.' Wettstein first criticizes Eichard's diagnosis, suggesting that anj classification of orchids, based on European species onl}^ must be faulty. He asserts that the length of the fiower-stalk, and the consequent attitude of the flowers, are not of generic value, and that the characters of the rostellum, stigma, and anther are inconstant, the stigma in CejyhalanfJu'ra being sometimes round (C. rubra), sometimes transversely elliptical (C. grandiUora), or nearly quad- rangular (C. cvcullafa), whilst in Epipacfis it is quadrangular {E. latifolia) or rounded {E. palustris). Further, the anther in Ce2')lialanthera is round (C. ruhra) or slightly cordate {G. cucullata), in Epipacfis sometimes the former (E. palustris), but as a rule the latter. The difference in the pollen-grains he dismisses as un- important, for in Ceplialantliera they are also grouped in tetrads, and merely become free somewhat earlier than in Epipactis. He there- fore claims that the only remaining difference is that the petals and sepals are connivent in Cephalanthera and spreading in Epipactis — a character manifestly not of generic value. We may at once admit that the presence or absence of a flower- stalk, and the slight differences in the shape of the anther, and even of the stigma, are characters of relatively small value. The criticism of the stigma-characters is chiefly founded on the "nearly quad- CEPHALAT^TTTEUA OR EPTPACTTS 71 rangular" stigma of G. cucullata. We shall see later that that species is untrustworthy as evidence of the existence of a quadrangular stigma in the genus Cephalanthera, so that IJichard's diagnosis in this respect still holds good. The explanation as to the pollen-grains appears to be somewhat disingenuous. The tetrads of pollen in Cei)lialantliera resolve into separate grains in sitic^ in Ejjipactis they do not then separate at all. Only when they come into contact with the viscid secretion of the stigma do they swell and disintegrate, as is usually the case in the Orchidacese. Disintegration before polli- nation is a very different thing from disintegration brought about by the action of the stigmatic fluid. Even assuming that the author is correct in his statement that in Cephalanthera the pollen-grains are originally bound together in tetrads, the difference in the pollen- grains pointed out by Richard is undiminished in imj)ortance. He next deals with the new character adduced by Keichenbach fil. — the absence of a viscid gland in the case of Cephalanthera, its presence in Epipactis. He saj^s, in effect — I could reasonably pass over this character as of very little value, if indeed the very mention of it does not prove the difficulty of fixing a boundary between the two genera. Keal viscid glands, i. e. a thorough transformation of the tissue of the rostellum contiguous with the anther into a viscid gland, certainly occur in some species of JEpipacHs, yet it generally decreases with the reduction of the rostellum, the species with a short rostellum (e. g. E. palustris) show only small viscid glands, whilst the development of the latter in species of Cephalanthera with a scarcely discernible rostelhun entirely fails to take place. In this the learned author shows an absolute failure to understand or appreciate the capital importance of the viscid gland, which is the most outstanding and weiglity character in Orchidaceae, is peculiar to that order, and is the root-idea of its floral construction. The one unique character of the Orchidacese, which puts them on a different plane from all other natural orders (except perhaps the Asclepiadaceae), is the extremely ingenious mechanical device by means of which insects are unconsciously induced to convey the pollinia from one flower to the stigma of another, usually that of a separate plant. One of the most remarkable things in the morphology of the order is the absence of a rostellum in Cephalanthera^ an absence which reduces that genus from the exalted position of possessing one of the most ingenious contrivances for the transport of pollen in the vegetable kingdom, to the status of ordinary self -fertilized plants. Self-fertilization is the simplest of all conceptions — it needs no honey, no scent, no colour, no co-operation of insects, or even of wind or water. Cephalanthera is a decadent genus, which has fallen from its high estate, assuming that it is really the case that it is entirely self -fertilized, and that we have not simply so far failed to understand the mechanism of the flower. It was evidently originally designed for insect-fertilization. From a biological point of view it is now more widely separated from JEpipactis than is the latter from genera possessing a rostellum. The presence or absence of a rostellum is of much greater importance than the presence or absence of caudicles, — though these latter characters are used to differentiate the two great 72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY divisions of tlie subfamily Monandrce — JiasitoncB a.u([ Acrofonce — for cross-fertilization can and does take place without caudicles, but not without viscid glands. All the other differences between Cephal- anthera and Epipactis, such as the presence or absence of a peduncle, the position of the llower, the extent to which it opens, the shape of the lip, &c. are of but secondary importance, and not differences of the first rank, like the absence of a rostellum. The author's argument that the rostellum is smaller in E. pah/s- tris, and therefore on the way to disappearance, seems to be mere special pleading — so long as a rostellum is effective, its size is of no importance. It will be noticed that the author does not refer to lieichenbach's characters — *' gymnostemium semi-teres, gracile " for Cephal anther a ^ and " gymn. breve " for Epipactis. Yet this is a distinction of considerable importance, the relatively long cylindrical column of the former being in sharp contrast to the short squat column of the latter. The author having thus minimized or explained away the differ- entiating characters of previous writers, not unnaturally considers that the time has come to re-unite the two genera. He gives a beautifully drawn series of lips to show how they gradually merge into each other, and form a homogeneous whole. He further points out that the epichile in CepJi. cucidJata has a distinct though short spur, and that in the very similar lip of Limo- dorum abortivi/m the spur is merely more developed. He therefore considers that the genus Livwdoru)?i does not essentially differ from Epipactis, and proposes that it should be included in the latter. Having never seen Ceph. cuciillata, 1 was anxious to learn what I could about a plant which bulked so largely in the author's argu- ment. Turning to the figure of it in lleichenbach's Icones (Tab. 120) I was much struck by its remarkable aspect. It suggests abnormalit^^ The three lower leaves are represented by loose funnel- shaped sheaths enclosing the stem, the 3 or 4 upper are bract-like, erect, embracing the stem. The flowers resemble those of Cep)h. (/7'andiilora, but have a very short spur. Altogether it is a most remai'kable plant. Turning next to the figure of Limodorum ahor- tivum in Tab. 129, I was astonished to find how extraordinarily similar its leaves are to those of C. cucullata — the same three lower perfoliate funnel -sha])ed sheaths, the same upper bract-like amplexicaul leaves. In view of the unique character of the leaves of Limodorum this resemblance can hardly be accidental. I think that anyone expert in recognizing the characters of the parents in orchid-hj'brids, on comparing these figures, will admit that there is a strong pre- sumption that C. cucullata is a hybrid between Limodorum and some species of Cephalanthera. The leaves are essentially those of the former, just so much modified as might be expected from the influence of Ceplialanthera, the column is that of the latter; whilst the short spur (unknown in any other species of Cephalanthera) is just what might occur in a cross between a moderately long-spuiTed and a non- spurred flower, lleichenbach states (Z. c. 133) that he had very recently been informed that a specimen had been found with a long spur, /. e. nearer to Limodorum than the one figured. As is well CEPHALANTIIERA OR EPIPACTTS 73 known, Individual hybrids incline sometimes to one parent, sometimes to the other. His statement {I. c. 137) that C. cvcullata had only once been found conlirms the supposition that it is a hybrid — had it been an indigenous species it would hardly have been so excessively rare, unless on the verge of extinction. The following points in his description appear to indicate the iniiuence of Limodomm — Caulis validus, vagiucU tres membranaceie, amplissimse, ore oblicjuo acutiusculai, rostellum obtuse 4-5 dentatum (apparently the upper edge of the stigma is referred to). It may be added that Dr. Wett- stein's figures show considerable similarity between tlie lips of C. cucullata and Limodortim. If this supposition is correct, the author's arguments based on C. cucullata are put out of court, and his plea for the inclusion of Limodorum in the genus Epipactis falls to the ground. It is interesting to note the circumstance under which Dr. Wettstein's paper was written. He had just been studying a hybrid between 0. grandijlora and jEJ. ruhiginosa, and the need of choice of a generic name for it led him to make an exhaustive study of tlie two genera. He had evidently a strong bias against the probability of the occurrence of bi-generic hybrids, for he argues that the very existence of this hybrid pleaded for the union of the two genera in one. I might adduce, he says, as a new proof of the correctness of my view, that in most cases the occurrence of bi-generic hybrids ought to suggest the homogeneity of the genera concerned. He was thus handicapped by a preconceived idea. In botanical investigations an open mind is essential. A biassed mind cannot exercise unbiassed judicial functions — the judge is at heart an advocate. The link which in Dr. Wettstein's opinion joined, in the one case Cejjhalan- thera and EpipactiSy in the other Epipactis and Limodorum, was in each case a hybrid. His prejudice against bi-generic hybrids pre- vented him from giving due weight to the unanswerable evidence of former Avriters as to the differences between the genera in question, and to lay undue stress on the occurrence of a spur in C. cucullata, which might have been, and in all probability actually was, due to hybridity. A careful study of Dr. Wettstein's otherwise very able paper leads to the conclusion that Ceplialanthera, Epipactis, and Limodorum are generically distinct, for his arguments entirely fail to shake the position taken up by earlier writers. Ceplialanthera cucullata is, in all probability, a hybrid between C. grandijlora and Limodorum abort imim. When Reichenbach wrote his description he was not sure whether the flowers were white or rosy, and naively states that in his figure he has shown them as white, but that this can easily be altered should they eventually prove to be rose. In his second supplement, however {I. c. 181), he announces that they are ' luride alba,' as in C. grandijlora. P.S. — Since writing the above I have come across a footnote by Dr. G. R. v. Beck to his paper Erwiderung auf Dr. Wettstein's 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Besprecliung meiner Flora von Niederosterreich (Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 1891, p. 99) in which he quotes Wettstein as saying that no one who saw Epipactis cucuUata could doubt that it and Limodorum un- mistakably belong to the same genus. This is interesting as showing that Wettstein clearly recognized the close affinity of E. ciicullcda to Limodorum, and strongly con- firms the supposition that it is a hj^brid of which the latter is one of the parents. ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXXII. Br Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S. 3. Plants Rogersian.i:. — V. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, 91.) For most of the descriptions in this section I am indebted to Mr. Edmund Baker, who kindly consented to examine and report upon the Leguminosce. For the remaining descriptions I am myself responsible. Leguminos^. Crotalarta spartea Planch. Belgian Congo : Elisabethville, 10939. Crotalaria Descampsii Micheli, forma foliolis majoribus 15- 30 X 5-10 mm. Belgian Congo : Nieuw^lorp, 10104. Crotalarta spinosa Hochst. subsp. aculeata Bak. fil. N.W. Rhodesia : Kafue station, 8719. Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) cataractarum Bak. fil., sp. nov. Caulis erectus, copiose ramosus. Sfipidce parvse. Folia tri- foliolata, foliolis oblongis vel elliptico-oblongis, apice rotundatis 12-18 mm. longis, 10-12 mm. latis, petiolo communi 12-15 mm. lono-o suffulta. Injlorescentia pauciflora. Calyx extus pubescens in toto 7-8 mm. longus, dentibus subacuminatis. Vexillum in sicco •flavum, cum ungue +2 cm. longum. Carina dorso angulo recto cm-vata, hinc in rostrum longum attenuata, in toto 17-19 mm. longo. Al(B basi longe unguiculatai. Legumen rectum, oblongum, basi stipitatum cum stipite 20-23 mm. longum. S. Rhodesia : Victoria Falls, Alt. 3000 ft, 13290. Belongs to Eucrotalaria § MediocriJloroB, and is allied in some respects to C. maxillaris Klotzsch. A copiously -branched shrub with ^^ellow flowers about 2 cm. long, and an oblong shortly stipitate pod, not oviform as in C maxillaris. Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) acervata Bak. fil., sp. nov. Caulis erectus, longitudinaliter sti-iatus. Eolia trifoliolata, foliolis anguste lineari-oblongis utrinque attenuatis, 2-5-1-0 cm. longis, 5-13 mm. latis, petiolo communi 1-2*5 cm. longo prsedita. Racemi terminales pluri-vel multiflori. Braciece lineari-lanceolatse persistentes. Calyx in toto 5-5*5 mm. longus, dentibus subacumi- PLAXT.E EOOETISTAN.E 75 natis. VeociUum cnm ungue 10-11 mm. longum. Carina dorso rotundata, lineis violaceis iiotata, ±11 mm. lon^a. OvariumXiwiiAYi- obluiig'um, stipitatmu, multiovulatum. Legumen i^notum. Hol-ian Coiii,^) : Elisabetlivillc, 10978. Allied to G. NicJiolso}ii Bak. fil., from Njasaland and Rhodesia, but the leaflets much narrower. Crotalaria {Eucrotalaria) macrotropis Bak. flL, sp. no v. CaiiJis erectus, ramosus, long-itudinaliter striatus. Sfipulc;e parvfG 2-2'5 mm. longie. Folia trifoliolata, foliolis angustis linearibus vel lineari-oblongis glauco-viridibus pubescentibus, 12-25 mm. longis, petiolo communi 8-10 mm. longo pmedita. Race mi plui-iflori, laxi, terminales. Flares pedicellati. BractecB parvje. Calyx in toto 6-7 mm. longus, dentibus subacuminatis. Vexillum in sicco vio- laceum. Carina dorso angulo recto curvata hinc in rostrum longum et rectum attenuata, in toto 15-17 mm. longa. Legiimen oblongum, ±25 mm. longum, polvspermum, breviter stipitatum. Belgian Congo : Eiisabethville, 10941. Crotalaria {Eucrofalaria) rigidula Bak. fib, sp. nov. Caulis erectus lignosus. Folia parviuscula mediocriter petiolata, foliolis oblongo-obovatis glaucis glabris 6-10 mm. longis, 3-5 mm. latis, petiolo communi stricto 10-15 mm. longo suffulta. Inflores- centia laxe pauciliora. Calyx in toto 8-9 mm. longus, lobis triangu- laribus 5 mm. longis quam tubo paullo longioribus. Vexillum 12- 14 mm. longum.. Alee in toto 12-13 mm. longse, 4-5 mm. latse, basi unguiculatse. Carina dorso rotundata apice sursum curvata, in toto 13-15 mm. longa. Legumen oblongum, basi stipitatum, cum stipite 18-20 mm. longum. North Transvaal : Tzaneen, 12531. Allied to C. Monfeiroi Taubert, but petioles longer, leaflets narrower, calyx glabrous. Crotalaria {Eucrofalaria) homalocarpa Bak. fil., sp. nov. Caulis ramosus, ramis junioribus pilosis. SfijndfB lineares. Folia trifoliolata, foliolis oblongis vel oblongo-lanceolatis, 15-20 mm. longis, 3-7 mm. latis, petiolo communi 8-12 mm. longo suffulta. Flores solitarii vel subsolitarii, pedunculati, pedunculis strictis pi- losis ±20 mm. longis. Bractecje 2 conspicuse, infra caljcem positae, lanceolatfe, 6-7 longae. Calyx in toto ±9 mm. longa, lobis lanceolatis quam tubo longioribus. Vexillum in sicco luteum. Carina basi unguiculata, marginibus interioribus barbata, in ros- trum acuminatum sensim attenuata, in toto ±12 mm. longa. Legumen ±2 cm. longum et 1 cm. latum, glabrum, suboviforme^ seminibus numerosis. S. Rhodesia : alt. 2400 ft., 13302. Allied to C geminiflora Dinter, but leaflets narrower and ]-)od glabrous. A pilose plant with solitary or subsolitary flowers. The two bracts below the flowers are conspicuous, as in C. geminijlora. Crotalaria (Eucrofalaria) longistyla Bak. fil.. sp. nov. Su/frufex erectus ad C lukwanguloisem Harms, accedens, ramis junioribus strictis cano-tomentosis. Folia parviuscula, trifoliolata, foliolis oblongo-oblanceolatis vel elliptico-oblanceolatis lateralibus 6-10 mm. longis, 4-5 mm. latis, terminalibus majoribus 15-18 mm. 7b THE JOURNAL OF I30TANT longis, petiolo coiumuni 6-8 mm. longo pra3dita. Flores majusculi, pauci, axillares, pedunculati. Calyx in toto 9-10 mm. longus, tubus ±3 mm. longus, dentibus 6-7 mm. longis. Vexillum externe pubes- cens, 17-18 mm. longum. Carina dorso angulo recto curvata indo in rostrum longum gradatim attenuata. Ovarium marginibus hirtis, stipitatum. Legumen deest. South Rhodesia : between Salisbury and Umtali, 4064. Noticeable on account of the rather large solitary or subsolitary flowers, the carina being sharply bent and the rostinim 12-15 mm long. The style is also long. Belongs to the subsection Oliganthoe, Crotalaria Harmsiana Taub. var. congoensis Bak. fil. Suff'rutex ramosissimus. Folia subsessilia, foliolis oblongis vel oblongo-oblanceolatis 10-13 mm. longis, 3-5 mm. latis. Calyx quam in typo paullo major, in toto 7-8 mm. longus. Carina dorso genuflexa ±1 cm. longa. Legumen oblongum, pilis vestitum 17- 20 cm. longum. Belgian Congo : Elisabeth ville, 10961. Differs from type in the longer calyx and pod, &c. The typical form occurs at Bulj:oba and Buddu. IxDiaoFERA GoxioiDES Hochst. var. nov. rhodesica Bak. fil. Ferennis ? Folia 3-4 juga cum impari, foliolis quam iis typi brevioribus ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis vel oblanceolatis 10-15 mm. longis, 3-6 mm. latis. Flores racemosi, racemis jiedunculatis. Calyx in toto 3 mm. longus. Vexillum 7-8 mm. longum. Alee 7-8 mm. longre. Carina 6 mm. longa, longe unguiculata. Legiivien angus- tum, 16-24 mm. longum, l'5-2-0 mm. latum. South Rhodesia : Buluwayo, 13666 ; also at Kew from the same locality, Gardner^ 62. The type from Abyssinia has longer leaflets and more hairy pods, and is an annual. Indigofera dimidiata Vog. var. nov. laxior Bak. fil. Caules elongati, herbacei. Stipulw magnse. Folia trifoliolata, foliolis ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis. Flores in racemos peduncu- latos dispositi, racemis quam in typo laxioribus. Vexillum quam carina paullo brevius 5-6 mm. longum et latum. Carina naviculari- formis, 6 mm. longa. Legumen rectum, glabrum, angustum poly- spermum. Transvaal : Barberton, Koopsche Hoop, 21706. Racemes more lax and flowers longer than in type. IifDiGOFERA BcRKEANA Benth. forma. Calyx in toto ±6 mm. longus, dentibus acuminatis. Vexillum 9-10 mm. longum, carinse ajquilongum. Legumen teres. Transvaal: Ragton, Pretoria Div., 20437. COMPOSITJE. Helichrtsitm leptolepis DC. Northern Transvaal, Zoutpansberg Division, 20003. Stoebe Mossii, sp. nov. Fruticulus crebro ramosus ; ramis sat gracilibus omnimodo bene foliosis minute albo-tomentosis dein glabris ; foliis j^arvulis anguste linearibus acutis basi breviter decur PLAXT^E KOGEESIAX-E 77 rentibus tortis margine revoliitis supra glabris necnon nitidis subtus albo-tomentosis ; capitulis pluribus in glomerulum globosum congestis; involucri oblongo-obovoidei phvllis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis (ex- timis pauUo brevioribus) scariosis exterioribus pilosis interioribus glabris in sicco dilute brunneis ; corolla subinclusa ; antherarum caudis brevibus ; styli ramis truncatis brevissime jx;nLcillatis ; aclicenio adhuc crudo oblongo apice ipso leviter contracto ; pappi setis circa 10 ima basi connatis corolla plane brevioribus sparsim plumosis albis. Cape, Caledon division, Steenbras ; Moss 4' Bogers, 1583. Planta alta spithamea vel semispithamea. Folia 2-3 mm. long. vel paullulum ultra ; "3 mm. lat. Capitulorum glomerulus 6-9 mm. diam. Involucrum 3 '2 mm. long. ; phylla ext. 2 mm., int. 3 mm. long. Corollae verisimiliter alba? tubus 2 "2 mm. long. ; hujus lobi •5 mm, long. Styli rami segre 1 mm. long. Achaenia 1 mm., pappus 1-5 mm. long. Near S. cdtliiopica Linn., but entirely di:fferent in foliage and with much smaller heads. Stoebe affinis, sp. nov. Fruticulus ramosus, bispithameus ; 7'amis omnimodo foliosis cito glabris ; foUis (ramulorum juniorura imbncatis) lineari-subulatis acutis spiraliter tortis supra glabris subtus albo-tomentosis; capitulorum glomerulis globosis ; involucri phyllis oblongis apice truncatis ipso mucronulatis ext. dorso pilosis scariosis in sicco dilute brunneis; corolla inclusa ; antherarum caudis brevibus; styli ramis truncatis penicillatis ; aclicenio oblongo com- presso glabro ; pappi setis circa 12 corollae tube aequilongis ima basi connatis sparsim plumosis albis. Cape, Ceres, 1500 ft.; 17605. Folia 5 mm. long., "3 mm. lat. Capitulorum glomeruli usque 10 mm. diam., sspius vero 7-9 mm. Involucrum 3-5 mm. long. ; phylla ext. 2 mm., int. 3"25 mm. long. Corollae roseae tubus 2*25 mm. long. Styli rami "75 mm. long. Achaenia 1 mm., pappus 2 mm. long. This also is near S. cetJiiopica Linn., and can be told fi'om it on sight by the leaves and small heads. Heads, except for some minor points, like those of S. Jfossii, except that tlie corollas are rose- coloured, but foliage dissimilar. Metalasia (§ Glomeratce) Rogersii, sp. nov. Fruticitlus pro- lixus di^'use pauciramosus ; ramis gracilibus ascendentibus bene foliosis minute albo-tomentosis tandem glabrescentibus : foliis par- vulis lineari-subulatis mucronulatis parum spii-ahter tortis coriaceis supra glabris nitidisque subtus albo-tomentosis maxima pro parte ex ramulis subevanidis oriundis hinc pseudoveiiicillatis ; capitulis subsessihbus 3-flosculosis in glomerulos mediocres lana alba dense conjunctos aggregatis ; involucri cylindrico-turbinati 4-5*senalis phyllis oblongis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis obtusis glabris scariosis roseis ; jlosculis inclusis ; antherarum caudis abbreviatis apice micro- scopice ramosis ; styli ramis truncatis; achceniis (crudis) oblongis compressis glabris ; p(fppi setis paucis superne leviter incrassatis scabriusculis albis. South Africa. 17620. 78 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY E,ami teretes, circa 1 mm. crass. Folia pleraqiie 1-2 miii. long. Capitulorum glomeruli usque 1 cm. diam. Involucra circa 6x2 mm. ; phylla ext. 3-3-5 mm., int. 4-5 mm. long. Corollse 3 mm., styli rami I mm., achsenia 1 mm., pappi setae 3 mm. long. Affinity Avith M. Ceplialotes Less, but inter alia with entirely different foliage. COXYOLTULACE^. Merremia henirocaulos Rendle \2iY. 'pinnatifida N. E. Br. Transvaal, Zoutpansberg Div., Messina, 20846. This is an addition to the Transvaal flora. SoLANACEiE. Solanum (§ Lejjtostemonum) Rogersii, sp. nov. Yerisimiliter suffrutex, spinosus ; ramis teretibus crebro foliosis pilis glandulosis dense pubescentibus spinis rectis sat longis a basi gradatim attenuatis rubescentibus sat copiose indutis ; foliis solitariis petiolatis ambitu ovatis alte pinnatifidis segmentis lanceolatis acutis acute dentato- lobatis pag. utravis pilis glandulosis stellatis intermixtis pubescentibus costa media utrobique subsparsim longiuscule spinosa costis lateralibus spinas paucas debiliores ostendentibus ; ci/mis ex axillaribus pedun- culatis sublaxe plurifloris foliis circiter sequilongis vel subsequilongis dense glanduloso-pubescentibus pedunculo satis valido spinoso ; pedi- cellis cah^ce ssepius longioribus uti calyx sjDinis parvis onustis ; calycis campanulati pubescentis segmentis triangulari-lanceolatis acutis tubum facile excedentibus ; coroUw lobis tubo multo longi- oribus ovatis obtusis mox rellexis extus ^^ilosis verisimiliter dilutissime cseruleis ; JiJamentis inter se liberis quam antherse libei'te superne leviter angustatae poris parvis solummodo dehiscentes plane brevi- oribus ; stylo ex antheris eminente glaber. Transvaal, Barberton, 20291. BamoiTim spinse maxima pro parte 3-5 mm. long. Folia (petiolo 3 em. long incluso) usque 12 cm. long., sed saejDius 6-10 cm. (petiole 1-2 cm.) ; rhachis inferne 1-2 mm. lat., superne 5 mm. vel etiam magis (folia prope apicem lobata) ; segmenta pleraque 1*5-3 cm. long., ±1 cm. lat.; spinse costse centralis plerseque 7-10 mm. long., basi l-l'o mm. lat. Cymse 8-9 cm. long., circa 4 cm. diam. ; pedun- culus 2-3 cm. long. Pedicelli floritione peracta recurvi, 1-1-5 cm. long. Cah'cis segmenta 7 mm. long. Corolla diam. circa 2-5 cm. ; lobi 14 mm. long. Filamenta vix 2 mm. long. ; anthera3 8 mm. long, basi 2 mm., apice fere 1 mm. lat. Stylus 1 cm. long. The species can be distinguished on sight from S. sicpinum Dun. and its allies b}^ the acute points of the leaf-segments. Conspecific with this but with somewhat smaller and apparently more deeply coloured flowers is a specimen {lloss Sf Hogers, 2062) from Canada, Witwatersrand Div. This is a larger specimen and shows more of the plant including the lower part of the stem, which is fistular and nearly 5 mm. thick. Besides flowers, this specimen has spheroidal, reddish berries measuring 10 mm. in diameter. The leaves, although similar to those of the t^-pe, generally run smaller, the upper ones being only 4 cm. in length or even less. PHTLLA^^THUS EYLESII 79 4. PlITLLAXTHI EX RHODESIA SPECIES NOVA. Phyllanthus Eylesii, sp. nov. Herha monoica, pro rata elata, glabra ; ramis ramidis que aliquanto angularibus his bene foliosis ; foliis brevipetiolatis late oblongis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis apice ipso brevissime apiculatis raembranaceis opacis ; stipulis petiolos excedentibus setaceis decoloribus ; florihus 6 sub- sessilibus sepalis G ovato-oblongis obtusissimis glandulis minutissimis inter se liberis antheris 3 filamentis perbrevibus connatis insidentibus; Jioribus 5 quam S majoribus necnon longius pedicellatis sepalis ovato-oblongis obtusis costa j^rominente percursis glandulis 6 in cupulani lobatam brevem plus minus connatis ovario globoso glabro stylis 3 superne divergentibus bicruris. Rhodesia, Victoria Falls, rain forest ; Eyles, 1296. Folia usque 20x8 mm., pleraque ±15x7 mm., supra in sicco viridia, subtus glaucescentia ; petioli modo 1 mm. long. Stipulse plera^que circa 2 mm. long. FU. masc. pedicelli '3 mm., sepala •6 mm., anther?e '5 mm. long. FU. fem. pedicelli 1-1 '15 mm. long. ; sepala cito 1*5 mm. long. ; ovarium -5 mm. diam. Capsula fere 3 mm. diam. Semina 1*2 mm. long., brunnea, dorso eleganter striatula. Near P. leiicantlius Pax, which, besides lanceolate stipules, has larger flowers, the males with anthers on a distinct column among other features. 5. Acajsthace^ Papuat^^ a cl H. 0. Forbes lect^. In the course of some work upon the AcanthacecB of New Guinea advantage was taken of the opportunity to name the undetermined specimens belonging to that group forming part of Mr. H. 0. Forbes's collection from that island. The full list of species here given contains none new to science, but two (^JRuellia Forhesii and Apor- ■uellia versicolor) were described in this Journal for 1914, 294-5. Ruellia Forbesii S. Moore. Mt. Sogere at 2000 ft. No. 839 «. RuELLiA bracteata R. Br. Fort of Astrolable Range, 1200 ft. Sine no. The leaves of the specimens are somewhat smaller than those of tropical Australian ones, and the plant is more hairy with rather coarse hisjDidulous hairs : also the flowers are white, not blue as Bentham says of the Australian. But with the rather unsatisfactory material before one, it is difficult to find any points to justify the suspicion of a new, and in any event certainly very closely allied species. This has not hitherto been reported from New Guinea. Aporuellia versicolor S. Moore. Mt. Sogere 1750-2500 ft. Nos. 73, 781. Flowers cream-coloured or bright orange. Hemigraphis reptaxs T. And. Mt. Sogere, 2000 ft. No. 841. German writers give Engler in Bot. Jahrb. vii. 474 (1886) as the authority for this name, but it should be assigned to T. Anderson ex Hemsley in Bot. Voy. Challenger^ i. iii. 173 (1885). It is the Muellia reptans of Forster. 80 THE JOUKXAL OF BOTANY Acanthus iltcifolius L. Sogere region. No. 927. All the leaves are quite entire. JusTiciA Chalmersii Lindau, ex descript. Bosi-bosi, sine no. This is referred to § Adhatoda hj Lindau ; according to Clarke's views, which seem better founded, it belongs to § Calophanoides. JusTiciA. CARDiocHLAMYS Lindau, ex descript. Mt. Sogere, 1750-1800 ft. Nos. 629, 782. A straggling and trailing shrub : flowers white or cream-coloured. This Clarke would also have regarded as a member of § Caiophanoides. Lindau places it in § Monechma, but as it has a relatively long ovary with two ovules, both evidently developing into seeds, in each cell, while Nees's main character for Monechma depends upon the short 2-seeded capsules, each cell with only a single e\ij.n or retinaculum, it is clear that the plant has nothing to do with Monechma. Geaptophtllum Gilligani comb. nov. Justicia Qilligani Bail. Sogere, 2500 ft. No. 51. Clarke (MS. in herb. Kew.) was the first to refer this plant to its proper genus though, for what reason is not apparent, he gave it a manuscript name of his own which, of course, is not published here. From Q. pictum Griff, it can be told on sight by the narrow lobes of the corolla-lips. Caltcacanthus Magnusianus K. Schum. Gawada, 3000 ft. An excellent specimen of this fine plant. Clarke has recorded (MS. in herb. Kew.) his doubt whether the genus should not be merged in Qraptophyllum relying, as would appear, upon the absence of staminodes, but overlooking the corolla with its very long lips and their short lobes. DEWEVRELLA CONGENSIS, sp. nov. By H. F. Weenham. This genus of Apocynacece (§ EchitidecB) was founded so recently as 1907 by De Wildeman, upon several specimens collected in the equatorial region of the Congo-basin by members of the Laurent Mission (De Wild., Miss. E. Laurent, i. 548, tt. clxiv, clxv) ; it is dedicated to one of them, M. Alfred Dewevre. The single species described, D. cochliostema, was found in the environs of Eala, which lies close to the point where the tributary river Ikelemba empties itself into the Congo — that is at the Equator. Collections were made in the same district in 1914 by M. A. Nannan, of the Belgian Agricultural Department. I have described already some llubiaceous novelties of this latter collection in this Jom'nal for 1918 (vol. Ivi. pp. 308-313). I now describe a second species of Dewevrella^ readily distinguished from D. cochliostema by the size and shape of the leaves and the calyx-segments, and gathered by Nannan in the same district. Dewevrella congensis, sp. nov. Frutex altiuscule scandens cirrhosus, ramulis gracillimis junioribus tenuissimis, minute rufo-puberulis demum necnon tardiuscule glabratis. DEWETKELLA COIVOENRTS 81 Folia inter minora (pro faniilia inter minima) papyracea, opposita, pleruraque ovato-lanceolata, leniter acuminata aj^ico acuta, basi trun- cato-obtusissima, petiolo notabili nisi broviusculo, utrinque nisi modiana in vena subtus prominula supra impressa rufo-puberula glabra, in siccitate discoloria supra fusco-olivacea subtus lieve brunnea venis lateralibus obscuris raro manifestis. Flores parvi cymosis in inliores- centiis corymbosis ebracteolatis laxe dispositi alaribus paueitloris foliis manifeste brevioribus ; ^j<?^/w;jc?^//s brevibus nonnunquam obso- letis, qua pedicelli elongati minute feiTugineo-puberulis taiwuds, \hi'acfeis exiguis. Cali/cis lobi angusti lineari-lanceolati acuminati acuti ; corollcB tubus brevissimus infundibularis lobis lineari-oblongis obtu- sissimis. Nannan 104 ! Boyeka (Equator), 28 August, 1914. Kerh. Mus. Brit. ! This is described as a "... . grande liane, latex blanc ; petite Hem* jaune. Peu repandue." The native name is given as Teili. The specimen taken as type consists of a few twigs, with very slender stems, obviously twining. The leaves are approximately 3-5 cm. long at most, and 1'5 cm. broad, with petiole about 3 mm. in length, rarely longer. A typical infiorescence consists of six to ten flowers arranged sub-corymbose ly, with very slender pedicels a centi- metre or more in length, set upon peduncles barely one-third as long. The calyx barely exceeds a millimetre in length, its lobes narrow and pointed. Corolla 5 ram. long, over four-fifths of this length attribu- table to the lobes. EHAPHIDOSTEGIUM CCESPITOSUM (Sw.) AND ITS AFFINITIES. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. Mt first introduction to Bhapliidostegiiim splicer otlieca (C. M.) Jaeg. was a very pleasant one. It came in a box from Table Mt. with a magnificent bouquet of white " Cape Lilies " ; it was a large and well grown form, and it gave the impression of being, among Khaphidostegia, a distinct and well-marked species. That was when my acquaintances among South African mosses were ^qy^ few. I cannot say that closer familiarity has ripened the friendship. As more specimens accrued, it became evident that the original plant was by no means the only form, nor indeed the most frequent — rather, indeed, an extreme and unusually fine form, under the glamour of which the species had acquired in my eyes an undeservedly high reputation, which the subsequent forms did little or nothing to sup- port. Not only were these, while structurally identical, much smaller and more commonplace, as a rule, but they began to evince an inclination to vary, and to diverge from what 1 had fondly considered a well-marked type, and to approach other Rliaphidostegia of a much more ordinary character, until it became evident that one had to do, not with a single, well-defined ty])e, but with a " Formenkreis " of consideraV)le radius and an uncomfortably indefinite circumference ; so that in course of time it happened with B. spluerufheca as with Journal of Botany — Vol. 58. [Makctt, 1920.] g 82 THE JOUllNAL OF 130TANY certain other nationals of late, that what to me had once been a welcome guest began to take on the appearance of an undesirable alien. Not only did R. spli<srotheca appear in some of its forms to come uncomfortably near to other South and Centi-al African species of the genus, but it even invaded the ranks of other genera, for having occasion to examine Pterogouiella Sluhbnanni Broth, from Usambara, I recognized not only (as Brotherus himself had already done) that it belonged to Rhcq^hidostegium, but also that it was a large, scorpioid- branching form of R. sphcerotJieca, almost identical, in fact, with my original Table Mt. acquaintance. Having subsequently to examine R. Duisahoanum (Mont.) Jaeg., from the Mascarene Is., I became at once aware that I had to do with the same species, and it was therefore interesting to find that Bescherelle, with his wide knowledge of continental and insular forms, had recognized it as a highly variable species, and had brought into its synonymy, among other things, Hypmim Rohillardii Duby, which had got into so far removed a genus as Leucomhim. He describes several forms and varieties of the species. Now I have learned that in the somewhat rare cases when a species of moss has a fairly wide distribution in Southern and Central Africa, and in Madagascar and the East African Islands, and more especially when it is a plastic species, it is desirable to look further afield, and see if it be not identical with some well-known species of South America, or of Australasia, or both — Dicranoloma Billardieri^ Ditrichum flexifolium, and Campyl.o'pu& introjiexns are cases in point. Bescherelle (Fl. Bryol. Keunion, IGO) indicates the clue when he writes, of It. Duisahoanum : — " Le lih. Duisahoanum, de meme que le Rh. cesjyifosum des Antilles, varie beaucoup comme port, comme couleur et comme disposition des f euilles ; cette difference tient sans doute a I'influence des localites ou il a ete recueilli, car on ne rencontre dans les diverses varietes enumerees ci-apres aucun carac- tere assez saillant pour constituer une espece speciale." The possibility of the identit}^ of the two, however, had not, it appears, occurred to him. M}^ object in this paper is to establish the identity, not only of these two, but of several other described species from various parts of the workl. The South American and West Indian plants of this group have been described under the principal headings of Hj/pnum coespitosum Sw., from the West Indies ; Hypnum loxense Hook, from Peru ; H. lithophilum Hornsch. and H. galipense C. M. from tropical South America. C. Mueller by the time of the publication of the Synopsis had recognized that of these II. galip)ense was identical with //. coespitosum, and H. lifJiophilum not more than a variety of H. loxense, so that the geographical areas of the two already considerably overlapped. He distinguishes H. loxense from H. coespitosum by italicized cha- racters, most of which are rendered invalid \>^ the fact that he takes his conception of II. coespitosum from, or at least includes in his conception, Leshea coespitosa of Hedwig, Spec Muse. p. 233, t. 49. This, however, is far removed from the plant of Swartz, having much narrower, more acuminate leaves and bracts. I do not say it is RirAPlirUOSTEOIUM CaCSP.TTO.SlIAI S3 not to be includud in the " Fornienkreis " of E. ccesj)ifosiu//, but it is at the far extreme of the forms ; if it is to be so considered there would certainly be no need for the present paper, for all the characters which have been held to separate the plants 1 am here uniting are of minute importance as compared with these two extremes. Apart from this consideration, then, C. Mueller's description of //. loxcuse gives no distinctive charactei's as sej)arating it from K. coeHjiitosiiin that will stand cross-examination. He describes the leaf -margin of II. caespifosum as '* erecto vel vix rellexo," and that of II. loxense as " valde revoluto," but any stem of the plants under consideration will almost certainly show leaves with margins erect and others more or less strongly recurved or refiexed side by side on the same branch. The form of capsule indicates, it is true, some difference, which is certainly manifested on the actual plants, but it is not correlated with any other characters, and it depends to a considerable extent on the degree of maturity of the fruit when gathered. The African plants show a greater diversity in form of ca]3sule, while preserving the other characters unimpaired. Mrs. Britton and Mr. R. S. Williams have given some study to this group, and have a wide acquaintance with the South and Central American forms of Hhaphidostecjium. Mrs. Britton writes, in answer to my enquiries, that they have not had an opportunity of studying the principal types, which are in Europe, but that they have given some attention to the group and been puzzled by their variations ; she has considered that R, loxense and R. gaU2)ense differ from R. cuespifosum in having the leaves more secund and the pericha^tium more serrate. She adds that Mr. Williams has not seen the West Indian plant growing, but is inclined to recognize R. loxense as dis- tinct, and relies on differences in the perichaetial leaves, and the amount of serration of the leaves. It was clear that the only way to resolve the problem was to examine the types. Fortunately, most of these are to be found at Kew ; Hooker's //. loxense is there in good material ; there are two branches of Swartz's H. coespifosum in Herb. Hooker; and Mrs. Britton has transcribed for me some notes and sketches made by Dr. A. Leroy Andrews from the type at Stockholm. There is also an original specimen of H. litliophilum Hornsch., and a large series of plants under various names from the West Indies and Tropical America. As regards the perichietial leaves, these in R. loxense andi?. cocspi- fosufn types are absolutely identical. In neither are they denticulate; nor have I found anything amounting to denticulation in nearly all the forms I have examined ; at the most they show an occasional obscure subdenticulation or sinuation. I have rarely indeed found the perichietial bracts in any species of Rhapliidostegium so constant as they are through the whole range of at least the more robust forms of this series of plants ; only in one {R. replicatum Besch. from Reunion) have I seen them at all markedly denticulate. Besch erelle separates this species from R. Duisahoanum mainly on the ground of the perichffitial bracts " fortement dentees" — in the diagnosis it is simply " denticulata " — but this condition does not occur on the type specimens in his herbarium, where they are often distinctly denticu- late but no more, and often not that. g2 84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The direction of the leaves is certainly of no value ; no series of these plants can be examined without finding every jDossible position, from perfectly equally imbricated to stronglj^ homomallous, with no correlated characters ; the types of R. loxense and B. coespitosum are neither of them extreme forms, and that of B,. loxense does not show the leaves very sti'ongly homomallous ; while there is a decided tendency to this direction of the leaves on one of the two bi*anches of B. coespifosnm at Kew ; and Dr. Andrews, in his notes on the ty})e at Stockholm, writes : " Branches largely erect and not branching further, leaves falcate, secund." He also indicates the variability in the capsule form b}^ describing them as " nearly as wide as long up to twice as long as wide." The leaves show some variability as to acumination and as to erectness or otherwise of margin in both plants. The onlj^ point as to which there could be any question of difference, and that a minute one, is that the leaves in B. coespitosum type show frequently, but not constantl}^, a minute close denticulation of the margin near apex. This, however, is not constant, and I have scarcely seen it on any other plant of B. coespitosum that I have examined, at least as at all a constant character. No. 2113 of Mr. E. S. Williams's exsiccata of Bolivian plants, issued as Sematophyllum coespitosum (Sw.), is instructive in this respect. It has many of the leaves finely denticulate as in the type, but at least an equal number on the same stem show no denticulation at all. Most of the West Indian and South American plants under this name show no denticulation what- ever of the leaf -margin. There is some slight variation in leaf form, in length of seta, and form of capsule, on the sj>ecimens, and as these variant forms occur on both plants they rather confirm than otherwise their identity. I do not doubt for a moment that an impartial examination of the two types, even without taking into consideration the various forms in which they occur in both their areas, would lead anyone to pronounce them identical, and I am inclined to think that the only cause that they have l^een so long kept apart is due to Hedwig's drawings and C. Mueller's description having led to Leskea coespitosa of Hedwig being taken as representing the H. coespitosum of Swartz. My conclusions, after studying the types of H. coespitosum Sw. and II. loxense Hook., as well as the original specimens of H. litho- p)Mlum Hornsch. and H. Duisahoanum Mont., can perhaps best be summed up by saying that except for the slight denticulation on the leaves of H. coespitosum, and for some slight difference in the arrangement of the leaves on the branches, I should be exceedingl}'- sorr}^ for an3^one who got the tj'pes mixed up and had to separate them again ! Having, as I think, established the identity of the two main groups of the South American plants, and their identity with the African B. Dtdsaboanum, I need scarcel}^ labour the point further, but simply state that the Indian Stereodon tristi cuius of Mitt. Muse. Ind. Or. p. 102 (which it may be noted was called II. spjlicdrotheca by Wilson in sched.), of which I have examined the type, and the Australian B. omde Broth., of which 1 have seen specimens of the original RIIAPIITDOSTEGIUAt CCESPITOSUM 85 gatherings, are exactly identical with the j)lants ah'eady discussed. The species is, in fact, a practically cosmopolitan one throughout the tropical and subtroj^ical regions of the Southern hemisphere, extending also into the temperate zone. This point, however, having been reached, a much more perplexing one is to fix the limits of the species. In its jmore normal forms it is recognized at once by its robust habit and comparatively wide, and widel}^ pointed — often, indeed, obtuse — leaves, very concave, with the margin usually more or less widely reliexed, especially where the leaf contracts to the apex ; the erect, shortly and widely pointed entire or subentire perichietial bracts, the seta ranging round 1 cm. in length, but generally a little over, and the short, often turgid, capsule, with a more or less distinct neck, and usually suberect and only slightly asymmetrical, but often distinctly curved and sometimes horizontal or almost nodding. The areolation is often one of the most marked characters, the cells being rather short, with a linear-elliptic lumen, which in the broadly-pointed leaves often becomes much wider and shorter at apex, often quite widely and shortly elliptic, but is in most eases rendered more or less obscure and opaque by the cell contents or primordial utricle : the efcect being a greyish appearance quite different from that of many species of Rhaphidostegium, where it is frequently chlorophyllous, elongate, and pellucid. This rather marked character, however, of areolation occurs in some other species which can hardly be included here, and its presence can therefore scarcely be taken as certainly indicating R. coespitosum ; while quite a number of forms which I cannot separate from that species show a very narrow and not conspicuously opaque areolation. Broadlj^ speaking, the short wide type of cell is associated with a wide and widely pointed, even obtuse leaf, while the narrower and more acuminate forms show the narrow and less opaque cells. It may reasonably be asked how a species supposed to embrace such extremes of leaf form is to be defined, and the difficult}^ must be admitted. At the same time, after examining many scores of speci- mens from all parts, I have only found one direction in which I have • experienced an}^ difficulty in defining the limits of the species. The perichajtial bracts in lihapliidostegimn appear to me, as also in the allied genus Sematophyllicm^ to afford one of the most effective specific characters, and in R, coespitosum these leaves, erect, not greatly differing in size but usually narrower than the stem and branch leaves, with rather broadly tapering, not very finely acuminate ])oints, entire or nearly so, are fairly constant tlii-oughout the range of plants which I refer to R. coespitosum. Add to this the short and turgid capsule, with a short but usuall}^ distinct neck, erect or slightly inclined, and usually slightly curved or asymmetric, not pendulous and very rarely horizontal, on a seta varying from •7-l'5 cm. in length, and one has a combination of fruiting characters not found, I think, in any other species with at all the vegetative characters of R. coespitosum. The difficulty that does occasionally arise is with the smaller and more slender forms, where both leaves and perichsetial bracts tend to be narrower and more finely^ acuminate, with longer and more pellucid cells, usually correlated with a smaller capsule and 86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY shorter seta ; and here it is certainly at times difficult to decide for or against their autonomy. L. codspitom Hedw. is one of these forms. In some of these cases the characters are purely ones of degree, and taxonomy becomes to a considerable extent a question of taste. In the considerable list of synonyms I give below I have only made fresh reductions when I have been able to examine types or original or well authenticated specimens. A further number, to judge from the descriptions, especially of S. American species, will certainly have to be added, but however convincing the description (or poverty of description) may be, 1 have thought it better to omit all reference to those of which descriptions alone have been available. I append a few notes on some of the reduced species. I have, after some hesitation, desisted from any attempt to group the various forms under varietal heads. The variations run on so many lines, and are so little correlated together, that it is practically impossible to classify the forms except on the basis of a single character, such as the form of leaf, the acuteness or otherwise of apex, and so on ; and none of these appear to afford a basis, for any- thing but a purely artificial classification. One of the most distinct forms is that represented by H. Dicnemonella (CM.), where plants of a very small size are accompanied by an unusually obtuse, elliptical leaf with remarkably wide cells and very small s])orophyte. Several of the African species which I have reduced come under this head, but I have also found the same leaf form in some South American plants not alwaj'^s associated with the same fruiting characters. 11. Kegdiaiium (C. M.), Surinam, Herb. Doz. & Molk., is the ordinary R. cassjyitosiim, the form with wide homomallous leaves and i-cither wide cells. IL Sduloiiia (C. M.), Dusen, No. 87, is a form showing transi- tion to the '"'' Dicnemonella''' form just referred to. This transition is still more clearly shown by R. suhcurvulum (C. M.) Broth., coll. Zenker. R. afvo-demissuni (C. M.) is also certainl}^ the same thing. C. Mueller, in fact, compares it with R. coespitosum, and is only able to say for it that it is smaller with quite entire leaves, more laxly areolate, and smaller capsule. None of these characters would remove it from R. coespitosiun as understood in this paper. H. JBos- loelli Geheeb, ex Herb. Bos well, he adds, is very near it. R. coespitans Schimp., Guadeloupe, I'Herminier, Herb. Schimp., is a dense, robust, beautifully golden form, but structurally exhibits no differences. R. aguatum (Hampe). This appears to be a very plastic plant. I first examined the type in Herb. Hampe, coll. Lindig (without number). This has rather narrow acuminate leaves, with elongate, rather pellucid cells, and ^^erichsetial leaves very finely filiform- subulate, like L. ccespitosa as figured by Hedwig. I concluded, therefore, that it must be distinct. Subsequently, however, I examined the specimen in Bescherelle's herbarium, No, 213o coll. Lindig, and found that this was certainly only a small form of R. coespitosum, with quite normal, widely-pointed perichaetial bracts. I suspected a mixture, but on further examination I found that the two insensibly intergrade, and while the bulk of Lindig's plants RnAPHIDOSTEGTUM C(ESPITOSUM 87 sliow narrow and acuminate loaves, they pass insensibly into the form represented by No. 2135, and I even detected on Hampe's type a ])ei-icluetiuni wliich was just half-way between the filiform pointed b)-acts ])re vailing there and the exactly cws2)itosu>?i-l[ke bracts of JSfo. 2135. It. (((//latum must, therefore, be brought under H. coespi- fosicm, and with it one or two other species wliich Mrs. liritton has identified with H. a(jnaium. R. cuculhdifol'uim (Hampej, type, coll. Lindig. Might well be the type of 11. coisintoaum, a[)ai't from the entire leaves, and might well have been collected on Table Mt. ! It. snhsphcericarpum (Hampe & C. M.), type, coll. Glaziou. Has leaves rather narrowly acuminate and cells somewhat pellucid, but in all other respects agrees, and M. pulvinale (Hampe), also coll. Glaziou, forms an admirable connecting link. B. Catillum (C. M.), coll. Schweinfurth, ex Herb. C. M. in Herb. Besch., shows a fine varietj" of leaf apex, within the limits of a single branch ; many being rounded and quite obtuse, but others apiculate, or acute ; on some branches the leaves are complanate, on others homomallous. B.fluminale (C. M.), Cameroons, coll. Dusen, No. ijQ6. Might well be the type of R. loxense ! R. perlaxum (C. M.), Cameroons, Coll. Dusen. Is simply a large lax form, such as occurs abundantly in S. American collections as R. litliopliiltim, &c. R. inconspicuum (Hornsch.), Brasilia, Rio Grande, ex Herb. Martii, Herb. Hamp., is simply R. C(£spitosum. The fruit is charac- teristic. C. Mueller's description in the Synopsis scarcely implies any difference from R. loxense. Sematopliyll'um sithnervatum Mitt. I have given this as a sy- nonym without examination of s.pecimens on the following grounds : — In the first place, Mitten had evidently been in two minds about raising it to the rank of a separate species, as he actually cites the type and only specimen on which it is based, under 8. c(]espitosum, only four pages earlier ; and in the second place, because the only difference he suggests as separating it from R. coespitosicm is that the leaves are " superne angustiora." So far, then, as I have been able to examine authentic specimens of the plants of this group, I propose the following synonymy : — RiiAPHiDOSTEaiUM C(ESPiTOsuM (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumbr. ii. 454 (1875-6). Hypniim ccespito%um Sw. Prodr. 142 (1788). Leskea coespitosa Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. iii. 1807 (1806). H. densifollum Spreng. et H. pallidisetum Brid. Bryol. Univ. ii. 5^1, fide C. M. H. lithopliiliim Hornsch. in Mart. Fl. Brasil. i. 84 ! I£. loxense Hook, in Kunth. Syn. PL iEquinoct. i. 62 ! Neckera str((ininea Hornsch. op. cit. p, 54 =.Leshea circinalis Hampe,/f/e C. M. Syn. ii. 326. Hypnum inconspicuum Hornsch. op. cit. i. 86 ! H. suhsecundum Arnott, Disp. d. M. Q2.,fide C. M. 88 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY H. oUiquifolium 0. M. in Bot. Zeit. 1S45, p. 110, fde 0. M. Leskea Daisahoana Mont, in Ann. Sc. Nat. 1845, p. 97 ! L. circinalis Hampe, Ic. Muse. t. 5 ! Hookeria Leduceana Mont. Syll. p. 13, fide Besch. as var. Leduceanum. Leskea suhiiinnata Bricl. Bryol. Univ. ii. 289 = /^Ty^^. Keqelianum C. '^.fi.de C. M. Syn. ii.'325, et E. G. Britton in Biyologist, xxi. 28. Kypnum f/alipense C. M. in Bot. Zeit. 18i8, p. 7^0, fide C. M. H. tovariense C. M. loc. cit.,fide C, M. Leskea Kegeliana C. M. in Linnaja, 1841, p. 198 ! Hypnum sphcerotlieca C. M. Syn. ii. 333 ! H. Hampeanum C. M. S^m. ii. 32G = iesA'e« circinalis Hampe, fide C. M. H. dissolutum Sull. in Proc. Amer. Acad. v. 289 (lSGlj=-S. f/ali- pense, fide Jaeg. II. admistiim Sail. op. cit. 1861, j). 289 = ^. agnatum Hampe, fide E. G-. Britton in lift. Stereodon tristiculus Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. iii. Suppl., p. 102 ! Hypnum cucullatifolium Hampe in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. v. 18G5, p. 328 ! Sematophyllum lamprophyllinn Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xii. 496 = i2. galipense,fide E. G. Britton in lift. S. leptothecium Mitt. op), cit. p. 482=^. agiiatum Hampe, fide E. G. Britton in litt. Mliynchostegium Ilampei Besch. Prodr. Bryol. Mexican, p. 105 ! Hypnum Lecoultriw Dub. Mem. Phyt. Soc. Geneve, xxiv. 8, fide Besch. H. Bobillardii Dub. op. cit. p. ^,fide Besch. Leucomium Rohillardii Jaeg. Adumbr. p. 540. R. replicatum Besch. Fl. Bryol. Beunion, etc. p. 158 ! Rhaphidostegium ccespitans Schimp. in Besch. Fl. Bryol. Antill. Fr. p. 72 ! Potamium homalophyllum Besch. Fl. Bryol. Antill. Fr. p. 52 ! Hypnum aureolum Hampe in Vidensk. Medd. Kjobnhavn, 1877, p. 736 ! H. pulvinale Hampe, op. cit. p. 735 ! H. suhsphcericarpum Hampe, op. cit. 1874, p. 523. Rhyncho-Hypnicm suhstrumiferum Hampe, op. cit. 1870, p. 286 ! SematopJiyllum suhnervatuni Mitt, in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xii. 483. RTiaphidostegiumfallax Besch. Not. M. Paraguay, n. 270 (1877) ! Hypyium Catillum C. M. in Linnsea, 1875, p. 467 ! H. afro-demissuni C. M. in Abhandl. Brem. vii. 212 ! H, leucostomum Hampe, Enum. M. Brasil, p. 81 ! H. mundemonense Hampe, op. cit. p. 83 ! Rliaphidostegiumfusco-viride Besch. in Rev. Bryol. 1885, p. 19 ! R. glohosum Besch. op. et loc. cit. ! R. ovale Broth, in (E£v. af Finska Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1890, p. 107 ! R. Barnesii Ren. & Card, in Bull. Soc. Roy. Belg. 1890, i. p. 182 ! EHAPHIDOSTEOIUM COiSFITOSUM: 89 Apti/chus lonf/icollisKiimipo ex C. M. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1897, p. 213. A. 8e?)utorfulics C. M. o^;. el toe. cit. R. i^eralare Broth, in Engl, Bot. Jahrb. xx. 200 ! Pterogoniella Stuhlmanni Broth, op. cit. j). 208 ! R.pcrlaxum (C. M.) in Dus. M. Canior. ct Par. Ind. p. 1102 ! U. Dicnemonella (C. M.) Broth, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiv. 273! R. Saidoma (C. M.) Broth, loc, cit. ! R. subcurvulum (C. M.) Broth, loc. cit. I R. Jlumiriule (C. M.) Broth, op. cit. p. 27-l< ! R. clinjsotis (C. M.) Broth, loc. cit. ! R gluti)iosum (C. M.) Broth, op. cit. p. 275! Aptijclius (jrammicarpus C. M. in Malpighia, 1S9G, p. 517! A. coiiciiinus C. M. op. et loc. cit. p. 275 ! SCHRANKIA MICROPHYLLA. By James Beitten, F.L.S. In the Contributions from the Gray Ilerharium, lix. 9 (Sept. 1919) Mr. J. F. Macbride publishes " Schhankia miceophylla (Dryand.) comb, nov." as the name to be substituted for the plant usually known as S. angustata Torr. & Gr. I had made the identirt- cation in a paper on " Smith's Georgian Plants " published in this Journal for 1898 (p. 301), which Mr. McBride has apparently over- looked, but had not made the combination — in those days many of us considered that the first name under the genus should be retained, and Dryander's description was published under Mimosa. It is, I think, evident that S. micropliylla stands, but the circumstances connected with its publication are somewhat peculiar; and as the historj^ which I gave (/. c.) has been somewhat amplified by further observation I will recapitulate here what is necessary of the former note and bring it up to date. The description in the Natural History of tlie rarer Lepidop- terous Insects of Georgia, ii. 123 (1797) is prefaced by Smith with the following heading and note : " Mimosa miceophylla Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 ined. The plant in the plate is a species of Mimosa, which will appear in the second edition of the Hortus Kewensis, and for the following specific character and synonym of which we are obliged to Mr. Dryander." Neither name nor description appears in ed. 2 of Hortus Kewensis (1813), but their place is supplied by SchranJcia uncinata Willd. (Sp. PL iv. 1043 ;' 1805) whose diagnosis is transcribed, with which Dryander subsequently identified his species. The history of the reduction is shown in the page of the Solander MSS. (xxi. 265) from which the description published by Smith was taken. Although Dryander was doubtless the sender of this, the MS. shows that Solander was the author both of the name and of the diagnosis ; each was founded on a specimen from Bartram, in Banks's herbarium, which bears the name in Solander's hand. At a later period, Dry- ander practically rewrote the description, added synonym}^, and identified the plant with Schrankia uncinata Willd., whose diagnosis 90 THE JOUHXAL OF BOTANY he adopted, in Horfc. Kew. ed. 2 (v. 25G), where the plant is stated to have been introduced to the Gasden by Banks in 1789. In the MS. Daybook of the Banksian Herbarium is an entry in Dryander's hand showing that the phint was sent from Kew to be named on Sept. 25, 1789 and was added to the Herbarium, where it now is ; at the same time Dryander, on the sheet, substituted the name iincinata for the micropliijlla of Solander. From this somewhat length}^ account, which may not be altogether without interest as showing the historical value of the National Herbarium, it will be seen that although the name microplujlla is, from the point of view of publica- tion, correctly cited as " Dryand. ex Smith," its actual author was Solander. The reduction of micropliylla to Willdenow's uncinaia w^as also made by Smith in Rees's Ci/dopcBdia (1815), anticipating that of Steudel (^1821) cited in Index Kewensis. How far >S'. uncinata and ^. micropliylla are distinct is a matter for closer investigation, especially of living plants, than I am able to undertake. So far as a fairly large series of herbarium specimens goes, I can see no sufficient differences between them ; Dr. Britton diagnoses them as "leaflets elliptic, strongly veined" (>S^. uncinata^ and "leaflets linear-oblong, scarcely veined" (/S'. micropliylla), but I find in the National Herbarium a specimen labelled by him " &. unci- nata Willd. so far as the leaflets go " which in general appearance corresponds with 8. micropliylla and was distributed by Rugel (no. 210) as '' Scliranckia angustata Torr. et Gray [ — micropliylla^ sed foliis eximie venosa." The two are certainly, as Mr. Macbride says, " closely related " ; it will have been noted that Dryander was convinced of their identity and that Smith also united them. Walter's specimen of his Mimosa Intsia appears to belong to S. micropliylla, with which Dryander (in Sol. MSS.) had already identified his description. The confusion with Mimosa Intsia L. dates back to Gronovius (Fl. Virg. 165 : 1743), who unites the Virginia plant (Clayton, 416) with the description of the Linnean species in Hort. Cliif . ; the same Lmnean description is quoted by Gronovius in Fl. Virg. ed. 2, 81 (1762), against which (clearly re- ferring to the Clayton specimen cited, which we have from Gronovius's herbanum) Dryander has written " micropliylla " ; his note in Sol. MSS. shows that he had observed Gronovius's mistake. Mr. Macbride rio-htly demurs to Mr. Trelease's invention of Sclirankia Intsia, ba^sed'^as it is on the acceptance, without the slightest investigation, of Walter's misnomer : it is another example of the mischievous tendency to create new combinations on insufficient knowledge against which a protest was entered on p. 62 of this volume. The foregoing remarks may be thus tabulated : * ScHRANKiA MiCKOPiiTLLA Macbride in Contrib. Gray Herb. lix. 9 (1919). Mimosa micropliylla Soland. MSS. xxi. 265 et m Herb. Banks ! ; '' Dryand." ex Sm. Georgia Insects, ii. 123 (1797). Mimosa uncinata Diyand. in Soland. MSS. I. c, et in Herb. Banks ! Mimosa Intsia Walt. Fl. Carol. 252 (1788) et Herb. ! non L. Sclirankia angustata Torr. & Gray, Fl. Bor. Amor. i. 400 (1840). SHOET NOTE 91 siioirr NOTE. Bedfordsiiihe Plajsts. — Last June I met with a small patch of Carex divisa in a damp pasture by a foot-jiath in Woburn Park, about a quarter of a mile north of the Abbe}". All the i)lants I saw were slender in habit, and a})pear to come under the var. cliceto- 'phylla Kiikenthal (6'. clia'tophyUa Steudel), but ripe fruit is needed to decide the point, and I did not i^-athcr the plant later in the year. This, so far as I am aware, is the first certain record for Bedfordshire ; tiiere is no mention of it in Abl)ot's Flora, nor by any subsequent writer on the plants of the county, and the sedge recorded as this from Plitwick JVlarsh some 3^ ears ago turned out to be only C. ovalis {vide specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit.). Inland localities for G. divisa arc rare — indeed, the i^ritish books do not indicate that it is ever found far away from the sea. It has, however, been recently gathered on the banks of the Thames between Putney and Barnes, and I have also seen specimens obtained in 1878 from near Hampstead Heath. In the Flora of Middlesex it is mentioned on the authority of L. W. Dillwyn as being plentiful in the Isle of Hogs. In West Gloucester it has been found in marshy ])asture near the Wye at Beachley. — Hypericum duhium Leers. In the autumn of 1918 I saw two or three plants by the roadside near Little Brickhill, on the borders of Beds and Bucks. Abbot (Fl. Beds. p. 167) states that it was found by Mr. Vaux near Luton, but there is no subsequent record. — Cala- magrostis E^iiyeios, a rare grass in Bedfordshire, was seen last year in some quantity by the side of a ride in the Woburn Evergreens. — A. Bruce Jacicson. KEVIEWS. Outlines of the History of Botany. By E. J. HARTEY-Giusoii, D.L., M.A. Hemy 8vo, cloth, pp. x, 274: price \0s. net. London : A. & C. Black. 1919. Few works on Botany could he more opportune at the pi-esent time than this handy volume, and all botanical students will be grateful to Professor Harvey-Gibson for finding the time, during a long period of war-work, for putting together such a charming col- lection of essays on the History of Botany, bringing the subject up to recent times. The older standard work on the subject, that of Sachs (1875), although a classic in its day, stopped short at 1860, and hence fails to visualize the rapid extension of more modern Botany, notwithstanding the elegance of the English translation by H. E. Garnsey (1890); and has even become tedious to read in view of the prosy speculative and philosophical attitude of the older German writers, with whom it was more particularly concerned ; while the prolix compilation of Beynolds Green (1909), written as a sequel to bring it up to 1900, also fails to supply the deficiency. Professor Harvey-Gibson's work has the advantage of having been tried on a class of students, and may be said to be written from the standpoint of the rising generation, to whom discussion of such 92 THE JOURNAL OF DOTANY features as Evolution and Epigenesis, Spiral Theory and Metamor- phosis, or effete systems of classification, have no meaning in view of the wider outlook available since the time of Darwin, with a more correct appreciation of what evolutionary morphology really consists in, as a further introduction to the general principles of systematy, The new volume is concise, invigorating, and not too long. It is arranged in twelve chapters, each covering special ground ; the last three being devoted to the more striking developments since 1900. Earlier chapters show a marked divergence from the stand- points familiar in Sachs's History, which after all w^as devoted more particularly to German literature since 1530, and showed a natural bias for the German School. Thus Theophrastus, as surammg up the botanic ideas of the Greeks and older civilizations, all largely based on the isolation and cultivation of plant-types still of primary economic importance, is given much greater significance ; though this may be partly due to the accessibility of the admirable translation of the Greek text by Hort (1916). A similar criticism — that Saclis had probably not taken the trouble to read the book — applies with equal force to the dawn of ])lant-anatomy, as represented by the remark- able volume by Nehemiah Grew (1682) emphasized in Chap. II. No special interest attaches to the evolution of systems of classification, when all were about equally wrong; and theoretical s^'stematy could have little importance so long as the number and variety of forms described was insufficient to make any generalizations possible. Of the earlier English systematists Ray is 25i'eferred to Morison ; the latter is even alluded to as a cantankerous person, though a glance at the volumes of his Ilistoria, with their numerous copper- plates and coats of arms of the nobility who paid for them, is very illuminative of the indomitable perseverance of Morison and of his worries in publication ; an encumbrance from which Ray was wholly free. The writings of the great Linnajus are also fitted into their ■just position as finishing off the book-work of his predecessors, and consolidating the foundations of the science without necessarily adding anything ne%v ; and similarly the "Natural System" of Jussieu (1789) is balanced by the even more significant observations of Sprengel (1795) on the relation between flowers and insects, as open- ing up one clue to what flowers really mean ; as in other branches of the science Hales, Priestley, and Ingen-Housz were laying the foun- dation of the physiology of nutrition. About one-third of the volume brings the subject up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, and now several great names in English Botany receive special attention, as Knight and Robert Brown ; while it is interesting to get new and breezy estimates of the work of Schleiden, Von Mohl. and Hofmeister, who lead on to the epoch culminating in Darwin (1859), for whom the panegyric by Huxley (p. 135) is appropriately transcribed. Beyond the 'Origin of Species' we come to times within living memory, hence doubtfully of historical value; and the rapid extension of the science in every direction cannot be so readily placed in proper perspective. Such si)eeial departures as cytology and the study of nuclei, the problems of photosynthesis and metabohsm of nitrogen, ascent of sap and even stelar theory. OUTLINES OF THE niSTORY OF BOTANY 93 open up so many new vistas beyond the dreams of older schools, that tlio subject of Botany attains a wholly new connotation. In summing up some of the more important lines of development, the author ingeniously solves the problem by introducing lengthy quotations from authorities still living ; and thus Bower is made responsible for views on the origin of antithetic alternation of generations (p. 179), Scott for the relation of Spermatophyta to Ferns (p. 257), and Hallier (p. 259) on the relation of Angiosperms to Bennettitae. The final chapters (since 1900) again emphasize equally new and striking aspects of the science, as the rise of Mendelism, and conclude with interesting pronouncements on the remarkable extension of Fossil Botany, Ecology, Energy Relations, and Sensitivity, as also the future sj^stematy of Angiosperms. It must not be forgotten that the History of Botany inchides not only the story of the progression of the human intellect in approaching the more intimate compre- liension of a great and independent section of living organism, often with most imperfect tools ; but is quite as much the record of human stupidity and perversity, adherence to preconceived ideas, theological, philosophical, and even in recent times zoological, anything rather tlian direct appeal to the living plant itself. Even if one may not be always inclined to agree whole-heartedly with the author in estimates involving so many conflicting standpoints, it is a matter of congratulation that an English botanist can have opinions of his own, and does not mind printing them. Each lecture has a useful bibliography, restricted to papers which should be within the reach of students. A useful table expressing the parallel progres- sion of the different branches of the science, in terms of the leading lights of the older and more modern world, would have been clearer if set up in type. The book is neatly got up ; considering the enormous amount of digestible information, it is not expensive, and it is easy as well as delightful to read. A. H. C. Applied Botany. By G. S. M. Ellis. Pp. i-viii, 1-24S. With 67 figures and 2 maps in the text. Hodder & Stoughton. 4ts. 6d. net. This beautifully-printed volume, neatly bound in dai-k-green cloth, is one of " The New Teaching Series of Practical Text-Books " —a series which, announces the wrapper, " is one of the first-fruits of the New Humanism, and breathes the inspiration of the hour's occasion : it strives to build up the New Humanism on the basis of the student's immediate economic interest and environment." As to how far the volume before us realizes these lofty ideals we do not venture an opinion ; but we can say without hesitation that Mr. Ellis has produced one of the best introductions to botanical science tliat we have seen. The title, however— devised, doubtless, to fall in line with the " New Teaching Series,"— is scarcely appropriate. An intelligent student of farming, having studied the*^ book, might liave some claim to a knowledge of the broad general principles of Botany, and be prepared to assimilate rM])idly higher branches of the subject ; but his studies would not heljj him tu improve his crops by any application of his knowledge. 94 THE JOURNAL OF EOTANY Mr. Ellis has, in a high degree, the enviable gift of a simple, very readable style. The sentences are short and well-balanced ; tlie chapters end before the reader tires ; he is reminded of lyndall in his most juvenile vein. But the simple stvle is always attended by the risk of misleading, if not actuall}^ inaccurate, explanation. From the first page, for example, we learn that, by means of chlorophyll, green plants " are able to manufacture ,/ro;;i the air ihe f oodwiih which to build up their tissues '' : and frequentlj' through the first ten chapters " food " occurs when *' carbohydrate -food " is correct. The essential idea of photosynthesis — /. e., union by means of light, chemical combination of atmospheric carbon dioxide with soil-water by means of the radiant energy of the sun— cannot be insisted upon too early nor too clearly in a book which has for the title of its first chapter the ideal one of "The Living Plant." The first five chapters deal principally with the water-factor ; and the wa}^ is prepared, with admirable skill, for the elements of ecology, into which we find ourselves faii'ly launched in chapters vi, vii. In obedience, perhaps, to the student's " economic interest and environment," the next six are devoted to the soil alone. Chapter xiv, on *' Cultivation and Manuring," approaches " Applied Botany " more nearl}^ than any other section of the book ; but it comprises only ten pages. In the next two chapters the subjects of Energy, Respiration, and Food are treated with remarkable skill and lucidity ; they are followed by chapters upon Germination, Growth, and Movement ; we could wish to see explained more clearly and at length the distinction between Monocot3dedones and Dicotyledones in the matter of secondary'" growth and its relation to the morphology of the leaf and its base. Chapter xx, on Vegetative Keproduction, introduces budding and grafting : after a short chapter on " Some Simple Types," the remainder of the book is devoted to fiowering plants, seed-dispersal, variation, evolution, and classification, treated in much the same way as in other elementary text-books. The badly reproduced pictures are not pretty to look at ; but they appear in most cases to be original, and illustrate precisely the points at issue and no more. What more can a picture do ? Altogether Mr. Ellis is to be congratulated upon the making of a valuable addition to the literature of Elementary Botanv. ' H. F. W. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. Whe]!«' it was recognized, about three years ago, that thei-e was no prospect of holding an International Botanical Congress in the near future, the Organizing Committee for the Congress which was to have been held in London in 1915 asked that their Executive Committee would re-open the matter of a Botanical Congress after the war, when the time seemed favourable. The Executive Com- mittee have recently considered the possibility of holding in London a British Congress, at which botanists from the overseas dominions might meet their colleagues at home and discuss subjects of common interest. The programme would be wide, including the various BOOK-l^OTES, IfEWS, ETC. 95 applications o£ botany as Avell as the pure science. A circular letter sent to representative overseas botanists elicited replies in favour of holding such a Congress. The matter was considered at a meeting of British botanists at the Linnean Society's rooms on January 28, and a circular letter has also been sent to a number of botanists who were unable to be present at that meeting. In view of the somewhat divided opinion among home botanists as to the desirability of holding a Congress in the present year, and having in mind a sugges- tion from a prominent overseas official botanist as to the advisability of holding a British Botanical Congress simultaneously with the proposed British Empire Exhibition in September 1921, the Execu- tive Committee have recommended postponement until that date. The Essex Naturalist (xix. part 2 ; July 1919-Feb. 1920) con- tains an interesting paper by Mr. Percy Thompson " On an Annotated Copy of liichard Warner's PlantcB Woodfordienses .'''' Mr. Thomp- son shows that the notes are in the hand of Benjamin Meggot Forster (1764-1829), whose plants are in the collection of his better-known brother Edward, now incorporated in the British Herbarium at Cromwell Road. The history of the volume is traced, and the MS. additions are printed, with facsimiles of two pages of Warner's book and two of B. M. Forster's letters ; the whole is the result of full and careful investigation. The part also contains the conclusion of Mr. Miller Christy's paper on Samuel Dale, and a Presidential Address " On some Water-Plants " by Miss Lister — an excellent example of a paper which is at once popular, scientific, and of local interest. We note that Alisma natans " grows in more than one of the [Epping] Forest j)oiid^s, introduced probably by the agency of a botanist" — the same, it may be assumed, who was responsible for the introduction of Actinocarjms to various localities. Mr. Henry Whitehead has a note on the Huhl in the Essex herbarium. An account of the October fungus foray contains the description of a new species — Marasmius ohtiisifolius Rea. We have received, somewhat late for notice, two papers published by M. E. L. Gerbault in the Bull. Soc. d' Agriculture Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe which should be of interest to British botanists. The earlier (1916) deals with Sedum micrantlium Bast., which has been usuallj^ considered by British authors (Hooker, Babington, etc.) as a variety of 8. album, but in Lond. Cat. ed. 10 was raised to the rank of a species. M. Gerbault shows that the two plants may be satisfactorily distinguished by habit, leaves, and flowers, and adds figures explaining the text. S. micrantlium differs from S. album in being smaller in all its parts, by its more spreading dichotomy, its shorter blunter and less compressed leaves, more rounded sepals and more globular buds, smaller seeds, etc. In vol. xlvi. (1917-18) the author treats exhaustively of the forms of Uanunculiis refens, of which he distinguishes six subspecies : Bernao'dii, latifolius^ Des- portesianus, angustifoliiis, scriptus and reptahundus — the last already described as a species by Jordan, lately admitted as British. Distinguishing characters are taken from habit, leaves, hairs, sepals, petals, nectaries and stamens ; the author has gone very carefully into the more minute differential points, as to which the sketches and plates are of great assistance. — C. E. S. 96 THE .TOUENAL OF BOTANT Elementary Notes on the Beproduction of Angiosperms, by A. H. Church, M.A. (Oxford University Press ; Botanical Memoirs, No. 5. 2s. net.), contains the schedules often lectures, each occupy- ing the two sides of a page, which cover every aspect of the subject, the last lecture treating even of hybridization. Seldom have w^e seen so much information crowded into so small a compass ; the *' notes," in fact, would make an excellent resume upon which to base an exhaustive detailed account, a volume of a thousand pages. '* Cram-books " — and the one before us recalls analyses of Political Science and Paley's Evidences of ante-" Prehm." days — need an apology; and Dr. Church has provided one concluding his lecture- schedules, which he heads, significantly " Minimum Botany." The least we can say of this production is that we are inclined to envy the students who had the privilege of hearing Dr. Church's lectures. — H. F. W. The Eleventh Report of the Botany Committee of the Devonshire Association for the Advancement of Science, edited by Mr. Hiern, contains an account of what has been published recently on the flora of the county in which the papers by Mr. C. P. Hurst and Miss Lister in this Journal for 1919 are summarised and the additions, including crvptogams, made by local observers for each district are chronicled. The Poppies and Violets of the Torquay district have received much attention, and Miss Larter records a curious form of Gornus sanguinea " with long drooping racemes formed by the gall Oligotrophus Oorni ; they had the appearance of ivory flowers depending from the stems." Two years ago we quoted from the Evening News some verses on the Coltsfoot, as commemorating a plant whose praises were not often sung. The same justification applies in at least equal degree to the Groundsel, to whom the same author has now, in the same paper (Feb. 16), dedicated the following : ** The groundsel is a homely fellow Who seldom gets his due. Who cares if his small flag of yellow Flies all the winter through ? He has no claim to strength or grace, No subtle charm of form or face. " But in this year of springtime wonder Companions brave as he Who push the prison bars asunder And, daring to be free, Attract all eyes and leave him more Neglected than he was before. *' And is the groundsel, then, dejected ? No, splendid little chap, 'Tis only just what he expected. He doesn't care a rap ! He is contented that he yields The richest crop on fallow fields. C. E. B." "JOURHAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent subscribers Avill thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in the list, are already out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses, Mr. Eiddelsdell's Flora of Glamorf/anshire, Mr. Dallman's Notes on the Flora of Benhighshire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to ' Topographical Botaug: Of the Supplements to the Biographi- cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has rendered this impossible. Of the Index itself no copies remain, these having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs. Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhgs 'English Botany,' containing, as it does, much topographical information and numerous unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should be in the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany : only sixteen copies remain. It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal. Such are the Index Abecedarius — a list of the plants in the first edition of Linnieus's Species Plantariun, showing at a glance what are included in that work, Avhich has no index of species ; the History of Alton s ' Kortiis Keivensis,' which contains much in- formation as to the autliors and contents of that classical work ; the Flora of Gibraltar, whicli, besides a complete list, contains notes on the more interesting species ; Linna3us's Flora Anglica — the first Enghsh Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature: of all these tliere are numerous copies. [Over. Just Published. Bemxj Svo, Cloth. Pp. x, 140. Price 10/6 net. The Flora of Chepstow. By w. A. Shoolbred, m.r.c.s. r.L.s., r.ii.H.s. With Map of the Chepstow Area. Enumeration and records of plants observed in an area consisting of part of Watson' ' Topographical Botany ' Vice-Counties 34 (W. Gloster) and 35 (Monmouthsliire). TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.G. 4 AUTOGRAPH LETTERS OF BOTANISTS AND BIOLOGISTS WANTED, in Exchange or otherwise. •H. S. THOMPSON, 33 Southleigh Road, Cliftoi^, Bristol THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OP BOTAJS'Y, BRITISH MUSEUM. The JouRis-AL of Botany Avas estabhshed in 1863 by Seemann. In 1872 the editorship was assumed by Dr. Henry Trimen, who, assisted during part of the time by Mr. J. Gr. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, carried it on until the end of 1879, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it has been in the hands of the present Editor. Communications for publication and books for review should be addressed to The Editor, 41 Boston Road, Brentford. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES.-Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 pp. 3s. 25 ,, ,., ... 4s. 50 „ „ 5s. 100 „ „ 7s. Separ 4 pp. 4s. 6d. „ 5s. Od. „ 6s. Od. „ 8s. Od. ate Titles, Pla 8 pp. 7s. „ 8s. „ 9s-. . „ 10s. U. fces, and Specia 12 pp. 9s. 16 pp. 10s. &d. „ lis. 6d. „ 13s. „ 12s. 6d. „ 14s. „ 14s. „ 15s. 6d. 1 Wrappers extra. TAYLOR & FRA:^ ^CIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4 Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Sis Twelve. Insertion. Insertions. Insertions. Page £2 Os. Od. ^1 10s. Od. each ^1 12s. Od. each"] Half-page 12 6 10 0,, 17 6 „ I All Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 „ : 10 0 „ [net. Eighth-page 76 70 „ 6 6 „J All applications for space to be made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 97 THE BOTANY OF THE MAROCCAN MIDDLE ATLAS. Bt L. V. Lester-Garland, M.A., F.L.S. In the summer of 1919 Captain Hubert Lynes, K.N., thanks to the assistance of General Lvautey, the Governor of French Marocco, was enabled to make a stay of ten weeks at Azrou, a jpoate militaire about 70 km. S.E. of Meknez, on the lower slopes of the Middle Atlas range. His first object was to study the birds, but he also made a collection of plants which he has kindly presented to the Herbarium of the British Museum (Natural Historj^). In view of the inaccessi- bility of the Atlas owing to the hostility of the Berber tribes — even in the daytime Captain Ljmes was not allowed to explore the neigh- bourhood without an armed guard — it seems desirable to publish a list of the plants which he brought home, some of which are of considerable interest. The plants all came from what may be described as the middle zone of the range, betvveen 4000 and 6000 feet. An account of the geology and topography of the district will be found in Captain Lynes' paper "On the Ornithology of the Maroccan Middle Atlas" iii the Ihis for January, 1920. It must suffice here to give one or two of the main features. Immediately above Azrou there is an abrupt incline of about 2000 feet, which is more or less densely covered with forest. At about 6000 feet this is succeeded by a considerable plateau, the greater part of which is devoid of trees, but which is studded in places Math '* volcanic kopjes " on which Cedars grow and extinct craters which are richly clothed with vegetation. The plateau in places succeeds the forest zone abruptly ; in other places there is an intermediate region of " barrens " and scrub. The slope consists chiefly of Jurassic limestone, the plateau " almost entirely of volcanic tufa and basalt." The plants in the following list have been divided into four groups according to their distribution : (1) Those which reach Mid or even North Europe ; (2) Widespread Mediterranean species; (3) "Local," i. e. those only found at the extreme west of the Mediterranean region ; (4) Endemic in Marocco or the Atlas. The order followed is that of Engler and Prantl : — Taxus haccafa L. Edge of barrens, uncommon. (Mid Eur.) Cedrus atlantica Manetti. 5000-6000 ft., abundant. (Endemic.) Junil^eriis Oxycedrus L. (Medit.) J. phoenicea L. Barrens, 6100 ft. A few trees. (Medit.) Dactylis gJomerafa L., Poa jyrafensis L., P. hnlhosa L., Festuca arundinacea Schreb. ? Common on the plateau. (Mid Eur.) Festuca indigesta Boiss. Plateau, 6200 ft. (Local.) Hay rial din liordeacea Hackel. Plateau, 6200 ft. (Endemic.) Tuli/pa Celsiana Redoute. Limestone, edge of upper forest. (Medit.) Scilla hispanica Mill. Mid forest tapis. (Local.) Ornithoyalum umhellatum L. Plateau, (Mid Eur.) Muscari neylectum Guss. Mid forest. (Medit.) Journal of Box-iNy. — Vol. 58. [April, 1920.] h 98 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY Gladiolus segetum Ker. Common up to 750U ft. (Meclit.) Orchis mnscula L. Forest, common, (Mid Eur.) O. jpapilioiiacea 1a. ,, (Medit.) Ophrys ieniliredinifera Willd. (Medit.) Bumex Acetosa L. forma. Forest clearings. (Mid Eur.) Quercus Ilex L. Forest. (Medit.) Cerastiam arvense L. (Two forms.) Plateau. (Mid Eur.) Eudianthe (Silene) Coeli-rosa Keich. var. aspera Poir. (Medit.) Silene fiiscata Link. Forest. (Medit.) Dicmthus virgiiieus L. Foot-hills and barrens. (Mid Eur.) PcBonia corallina Ketz. var. coriacea (Boiss.). Mid forest. (Local var.) Ranunculus cTiwrophyllus L. f. Plateau. (Medit.) Sarcocapnos crassifolia DC. Rocks, locally abundant. (Local.) Fumaria caiweolata L. var. alhijlora. Lower slopes. (Mid Eur.) Biscutella frutescens Coss. Limestone rocks in upper forest. (Local.) Iheris taurica DC. Mid forest. (Medit.) Isatis tinctoria L. On tufa. Timadit volcano, 6200 ft. (Mid Eur.) Arahis alhida Stev. Upper forest. (Medit.) Erysimum australe J. Gay. Plateau. (Mid Eur.) Alyssum montanum L. Mid forest tapis. (Mid Eur.) A.' alpestre L. On limestone, 6100 ft. (Mid Eur.) Beseda hcteolaJj.i. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit volcano. (Mid Eur.) Asfrocarpus Olusii J. Gay. Volcanic rocks. Plateau. (Medit.) Sedum album L. Uj^per forest. (Mid Eur.) SaxiJ'raya granidata L. var. atlantica B. & R. Forest. (Mid Eur.) >S'. glohulifera Desf. Rocks in upper forest. (Local.) Bibes Grossularia Jj. Mid forest. (Mid Eur.) Bines torminalis Mill. ,, ,, CrafcBgus monogyna Jacq. Abundant on the " barrens." (Mid Eur.) Botentilla hispanica Zimm. Gorge in forest. (Local.) Brunus prostrafa linh. Crater on the plateau. (Medit.) B. Malaheb L. Upper forest. (Mid Eur.) Genista ulicina Spach. Lower forest. (Endemic.) G. pseudo-pilosa Co&s. Abundant on the plateau. (Local.) Cytisus Battandieri Maire. Among the cedars. (Endemic.) Anthyllis vulneraria L. f. LTpper forest edge. (Mid Eur.) Astragalus (§ Tragacantlui) sp. Timadit volcano. Abundant. Coronilla valentina L. All altitudes. (Medit.) Onobrychis sativa L. f. Barrens. (Mid Eur.) Lathy rus {Orobus) canescens Gren. & Godr. Limestone in upper forest. (Medit.) Vicia te?iuifolia Roth. (Mid Eur.) V. onobrychoides L. Forest. (Medit.) V. erviformis Boiss. f. Forest, 4800-5700, ft., common. (Local.) Geranium malvcejlorum Boiss. Forest, common. (Local.) THE BOTAXT OF THE MAllOCCAX .MIDDLE ATLAS 09 G.molleJj. (Mid Eur.) J^rodium mauretanicum Coss. & I)ur. Ain Leuk, 5000 ft. (Endemic.) Liiiuui temie Desf. Foot-hills, 4400 ft. (Local.) Eupliorhia niccBensis All. Volcanic kopje, 6200 ft. (Medit.) Ilex AquifoUum L. Mid forest, abundant. (Mid Eur.) Acer munspessiilcmum L. Upper forest. (Mid Eur.) Fistacia Terehinthus L. Lower slope. (Medit.) JSLalope malacoides L. (Medit.) Malva Tournefortiana L. Lower slopes. (Local.) Hypericum montanum L. Upper forest clearings. (Mid Eur.) II. perforatum \^. Foot-hills. (Mid Eur.) Cist us laurifolius L. Upper clearings and kopjes. (Medit.) IleJianthemum glaucum ]ioh^. Common. (Medit.) Halimium Lilanofis Lange. Common in the forest. (Local.) Tuheraria guttata Gross, var. plantaginea (Willd.). (Mid Eur.) Lythrumflexuosum Lag. Forest. (Medit.) Sanicula europcea L. Forest tapis. (Mid Eur.) Anar/allis liiii folia L. var. colliiia (Schousb.). Forest clearings. (West Medit.) JasmirLumfruticans L. Lower forest. (Medit.) Erythrcea major Hoffm. & Link. Among Ilex scrub. (Medit.) Convolvulus althcBoides L. Oj^en forest. (Medit.) Cuscuta Epithymum^vn. Barrens: on Thymus. (Mid Eur.) Ci/uoylossum cheirifolium L. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit. (Medit.) Onosma echioides L. Scoriaceous sides of Timadit. (Mid Eur.) Teucrium Folium L. var. Terrace, 4700 ft. (Medit.) Nepeta reticulata Desf. Barrens. (Local.) Salvia lanigera Poir. Forest. (Medit.) Calamintha alpina L. var. parviflora Ball. Plateau. (? Endemic var. ) Thymus ciliatus Benth. Lower forest. (Local.) T hirtus Willd. ? Plateau. (Local.) T. zygis L. Lower slopes. (Local.) Atropa Belladonna L. Upper forest clearings. (Mid Eur.) Scropthularia canina L. Timadit volcano. (Mid Eur.) Linaria heterophylla Desf. Upper forest and plateau. (Medit.) Veronica rosea Desf. ? Plateau. Bartsia Trixago L. Lower slopes. (Medit.) Galium lucidum All. Terrace. (Medit.) Asperula hirsuta Desf. Forest. (Local.) Sambucus Ehulus L. Forest. (Mid Eur.) Viburnum Tinus L. Forest. (Medit.) VLantanaL. Mid forest. (Mid Eur.) Lonicera implexa L. Lower forest. (Medit.) L. arborea Boiss. Forest. (Local.) Centranthus Calcitrapa L. Plateau. (Medit.) Knautia nrvensis Koch? Barrens. (Mid Eur.) Campanula Trachelium L. Glabrous form. Mid forest. (Mid Eur.) H 2 100 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Traclielium angustifolium Schousb. Azrou mamelon. (Local.) JBellium rotundifolium DC. Damp places in forest. (Local.) Selichrysum lacteum Coss. & Dur. Plateau. Abundant. (? Endemic.) Andryala integrifolia L. Lower slopes. (Medit.) Achillea ligustica All. Mid forest glade. (Medit.) Senecio giganteus Desf. Bj a stream. "Stem four inches in diameter." (Endemic.) Centaiirea pullata L. (Yellow flowers.) Open forest and plateau. (Local.) , a axillaris Willd. Plateau. (Mid Eur.) C. salmantica L. Volcanic kopje. (Medit.) Kentropliyllum lanatum DC. Terrace. (Medit.) Galactites tomentosa Mancli. „ ,, Catananche coerulea L. Esp. on volcanic kopjes. (Medit.) CicJiorium Intyhus L. var. Terrace, among wheat. (Mid Eur.) Perhaps the most remarkable feature of this list, so far as it goes, i« the large proportion of species characteristic of the hill districts of Central Europe. Hooker and Ball noted the same fact in connection with the mountain flora of the Great Atlas further south. It may therefore be regarded as definitely established that there is a very close connection between the flora of the whole range and that of the hills and mountains of Europe. The botany of the Lesser Atlas and the other mountain-masses of Algeria is pretty well known, thanks to the researches of Battandier and Trabut ; and all the plants found by Captain Lynes, with the exception of nine or perhaps ten, are recorded by those authors in their Flore de V Algerie. On the other hand, all we know of the flora of the Great Atlas is derived from Hooker and Ball's Journal o^ a Tour in Marocco and the Great Atlas (1878), and a collection of plants made by J. Thomson in 1888 which is preserved at Kew. Of the plants recorded in Ball's paper on "The Mountain Flora of Two Valle^'S in the Great Atlas " in Appendix G to the Journal, only 88 were refound by Captain Lynes in the Middle Atlas, and only 25 of Thomson's list. It should, however, be remembered that both Ball and Thomson were able to penetrate into the upper regions above 6000 feet, which Captain Lynes found it impossible to reach. The following plants require a special note : — Potentilla hispanica Zimm. This is the plant which Willkomm and Lange call P. pennsylvanica L., and has been recorded under that name from Southern Spain and Marocco. But Wolf in his Mono- graph of Potentilla has shown that this was a mistake, and that there are three related, but distinct, plants with different areas of distribution: — (1) P. pennsylvanica L. North America and East Siberia. (2) P. sibirica Wolf. Asia. (3) P. hispanica Zimm., which is found in South Spain (1500-1800 metres), and the moun- tains of Algiers, Marocco, and Abyssinia, with a variety in the Caucasus. The material at the British Museum and at Kew bears out his conclusions. It is a very showy species. Gytisus Battandieri K. Maire (Kecherches forest. Nord. Afr. THE BOTANY OF THE MAROCCAN MIDDLE ATLAS 101 1915, p. 72, plate ; Battandier, Contrib. FL Atlant. p. 25) is another remarkably tine plant with drooping racemes of large flowers and silvery leaves, of which no specimen seems to have existed in this country up to the present time. Captain Lynes informs me that it grows among the cedars and springs up in great quantities where there has been a clearing or after a fire. Erythrcea major Hoffm. & Link is a plant of the type of E. ramo- sissima Pers., but is distinguished by the larger, deeper-coloured flowers, with a longer corolla tube and more deeply-divided limb with acute segments. The anthers are exserted, and after dehiscence contract into a very elegant spiral coil. Veronica ? rosea Desf. I have seen no specimen, and suggest the name with some diffidence ; but judging from the description the plant appears to correspond very closely to what Battandier and Trabut understand by V. rosea. BRITISH RUBI, 1900-1920. By THE Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell. This paper is an attempt to summarize the changes in our ideas about Ruhus (in Britain) which have taken place since Mr. Rogers published his Handbook.' In the majority of cases, the changes are directly due — so far as English botanists are concerned — to his work ; the remainder have always been made under his guidance and with his consent. My aim is simply to reduce these changes, most of which find their record in this Journal, to convenient shajje for M'orking purposes. Mr. Rogers some months ago kindly expressed complete approval of the plan, and indeed lent me his interleaved Handbook, which con- tains all the material and references here grouped. The paper, there- fore, does nothing more than mention new forms, revisions of nomen- clature and arrangement, corrections in description, and the like, belonging to the last twenty years. The distribution question is hardly touched. The tenth edition of the London Catalogiie, of course, marks a stage in the process of development which is here sketched. There is nothing original in the paper, but it is hoped that it may enable workers in JRubus — now, alas, too few ! — to carry on with greater ease. The numbers referred to are those of the Handbook : any number followed by " a " indicate a species not in the Handbook and the position which it should hold in the list : — 6. R. plicatus Wh. & N. var. he7nistemon {(jenQY.)=:pseudo- liemistemon Focke. Journ. Bot. 1905, pp. 73, 199. 7. R. JsriTiDUS Wh. & N. subsp. opacus Focke becomes a full species. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 180. In the description of sepals delete " greyish-green.'''' 9. For R. integribasis P. J. Muell. read R. c^eesiensis Sudre & Gravet var. integribasis Rogers (non P. J. Muell. ?). Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 179. 102 THE JOURNAL OF J50TAXY 13. R. IMBEICATUS Hort. Add var. londinensis Rogers. See Journ. Bot. 1903, pp. 89, 90. It is the form of the Sin-rey commons mentioned at the end of the last paragrapli (Ilaudhook) under 13. 13 a. R. CASTRENsis W.-Dod. Journ. Bot. 1906, pp. 63, 64. 14. R. CARPiNiFOLius Wh. & N. The jmn., when well-developed, often has a considerable ultra-axillary part, though rarely equalling a quarter of the whole. 15. R. INCURYATUS Bab. The cordate term. It. is rare except in mature Is. of exceptionally strong plants : tlie term. It. is more often entire or emarginate. Add var. subcarpinifolius Rogers MS. This is the Upper Wye A^allev form (see Handbook, p. 28) : described in Journ. Bot. 1899, p. 194. 17. For R. ERrxHRTNUs Genev., read R. argenteus Wh. & N. See Journ. Bot. 190-5, p. 200. 19. R. RHAMNiFOLius Wh. & N. subsp. Baheri. Add. f. elon- gata Rogers. See Journ. Bot. 1906, pp. 358, 9; 1891, pp. 240, 1. 20. R. XEMORALis F. J. M. After var. Silurum, add var. or f. corjiuhiensis Rogers MS. Ls. c/reenish-whife (and ? felted) beneath. Lts. plicate, convex. Pan. elongate, cylindrical. Ls. rather small, with more truncate and irregularly-toothed top. Pan. usualh^ without simple lloral Is., but with many short-stalked glands. Newquay district, N. Cornwall, abundant. See Journ. Bot. 1909, p. 174. Var. f/lahrafus Bab. *' Pan. . . . less leafy above." For this, read " ultra-axillary part elongate cylindrical lax, usually without lanceolate simple leaflet at top. though lower down with 1 to 4 ovate or subrotund ones." 21. R. ScHEUTZTi Lindeb. Stem is subglabrous or glabrous. 22. R. DUMiSONiENsis Bab. Add var. cordatifoliiis Rogers MS. See Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 86, and remarks in Handbook, p. 32 (on Channel Island form). This var. has a pan. with 1 or 2 simple Is. Avith deeply cordate base. 24 ^^ R. LACUSTRis Rogers. See Journ. Bot. 1907, p. 9. 26. R. YTLLTOAULis Koehl. Sub.sp. Selmeri and subsp. rJioml/- foliiis are both given specific rank. Add. var. )neqastachi/s W.-Dod (of R. rJiombifoIii/s Weihe). See Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 64. 27. R. GRATUS Focke. Panicle irregular, dense above, lax below, often fairly cylindrical at first. Add var. sciaphi.lus Lange ; it is the Slesvig plant described in Hdiidbooh, p. 37. Found by Ley in Breconshire and Herefordshii-e. 30. R. THTRSOTDEUS Wimm. Add var. viridescens Roo:ers MS. Journ. Bot. 1909, p. 174, B. E. C. Rep. 1904, p. 17, Wats. E. C. Rep. 1917-8. Leaves greener, narrower, soon bare beneath. Term. It. cufipidaff'-acnmte, soniewhat obovate, nearly parallel-sided, often cordate. Pan. strongl}' branched, with wavy rachis, large uJira- axillary part, and strung falcate prk. R&t. pjiirpUsh. 31. For R. ARGEXTATUS P. J. Muell. read R. Godeoxi Lee. & Lam. See Journ. Bot. 1905, p. 201. Add var.foliolatns Rogers & Ley. Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 58. 35. For jS. ngricof Focke var. liesperius Rogers read R. iies- BRITISH RUBT, 1900-1920 103 PERius Rogers. Now treated by Focke as a distinct species. Joiirn. I3ot. 1914, p. 181. 35 a. R. ciiTiOROTHYRSUS Focke. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 207. Derbyshire. 38. R. QuESTiERn Lefv. & MiielL Delete last sentence; the Co. Down form Is now described as i?. Lei til Rogers. 42. H. oiiTHOCLADOS Ley. Stem Is hairy or subglabrous, polished. On the suggested hybrid origin of -H. orthoclados, see Journ. Bot. 1914, pp. i81, 2. 43. For R. micans Gren. & Godr. read R. htpoleucus Lefv. & Muell. Journ. Bot. 1905, p. 202. 44. R. HiRTiFOLius Muell. & WIrtg. For var. danicus (Focke) read var. orhlfolius (Lefv. exs.) Boulay in Rouy & Cam. Fl. Fr. vi. 22 : for var. mollissimus (Rogers) read var. suhcamis P. J. Muell. in Boulay, Rone. Vosg. p. 34,' No. 27 (1866). Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 204. 45. R. iRicus Rogers. Add var. or f. minor Rogers MS. Stem densely hairy. Lts. rather small and narrow, with nearly parallel sides and more deeply incised Irregular teeth towards the point. Pan. narrower, much less robust, and more nearly pja-amldal in outline, usually considerably glandular above. See Journ. Bot. 1910, p. 318. 47. R. LEUCOSTACHrs. Read " Sm. (not Schleich.)." For var. qymnostachys Genev. read macrothyrsus J. Lange. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 203. 48. R. LASiocLADOS Fockc var, longus Rogers & Lev. Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 58. Before 49 add [R. egregtus Focke] var. plymensis Focke, var. nov. Near Plymouth. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 204. 49 «. R. Lettii Rogers. Journ. Bot. 1901, p. 381. 53 a. R. mucrojStatoides Ley. Handbook^ p. 55, 1. 8 from bottom. Journ. Bot. 1907, p. 446. 55. R. ANGLOSAXONicus Gclcrt subsp. vestitiformis. Read " Prk. man}^ unequal, rather scattered." Note : remarkable for its range of variation from type anglosaxonicus to leucostachys. Usually (much) nearer to the latter in general aspect, though with different armature and flowers and rather less hairy stem. — W. M. R., Sept. 1913. 56. For R. melanoxylon Muell. & Wirtg. read R. ruRYicoLOR Focke. Endemic. Journ. Bot. 1914, p. 206. 60. R. Drejert G. Jensen var. hihernicus Rogers. Delete " roundish " In description of term. It. Add var. dunensis Rogers. Journ. Bot. 1901, pp. 382, 3. This covers the " more strongly-armed allied forms " of Handbook, p. 63. 61. R. RADULA Weihe subsp. sertijiorns (P. J. Muell.) is removed to the sub-KoehlerianI as a subspecies of B. ericetorum Lefv. ; see Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 59. The " nearly allied form in 3 Scottish Counties" {HandbooJc, pi 64) is var. scoticus Rogers & Ley. (Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 60) placed also under R. ericetorum. 64. R. oiGGCLABUS. For " Muell. & Lefv. ? " read '* Rogers." It is not Muell. & Lefv.'s plant. Journ. Bot. 1914, pp. 205, 6. Var. Newhonldii is of Rogers, not of Bab. Journ. Bot. 1905, p. 364. 104 THE .TOUilXAL OF BOTANY Yar. Bloxamiamis Colem. Delete " rather short " in description of panicle. (37 flf. R. PR.ERUPTORUM Bah. (not Boul. ?) : see Ilandhool', p. 09, 1. 4 from top. 68. R. MELAN'ODERMis Focke. Delete "short " in description of panicle branches. (39. R. Babingtonii Bell-Salt. Remove var. i^hifUothyrsus (F rider). (o^a. Add R. festtyus Muell. S: Wirtg.. which covers some of the plants formerly put ww^tiY phyllothyrsus (Frider). Journ. Bot. 19U, p. 207. 70. R. Lejeunei Wh. & N. var. ericetorum (Lefv.) is made a species. Under it are placed var. cuneafus Rogers & Le^^, suhsp. sci'fijlonis (P. J. Muell.) and its var. sco//cws Rogers & Lev. Journ. Bot. 1906, pp. 59, 60. 72. R. mutabilis Genev. Add var. Naldretti AVhite. Journ. Bot. 1908, pp. 24, r)9. Wats. E. C. Rep. 1906-7. Between 75 and 76 comes R. glareosus Rogers & Marshall. Journ. Bot. 1912, pp. 309, 374. Mr. Rogers's re-arrangement of species there proposed is not here reproduced, because it is absent from his interleaved Handbook, and apparently was not brought into practical use bj him when he was in active work. 79. R. LONGiTHYRSiGER Bab. var. botryeros Focke is raised to specific rank. 81 a. R. noRRiDTCAULTS P. J. Muell. Journ. Bot. 1906, p. 60. 84. R. KoEiiLEKi Wh. & N. subsp. dasyphyllus Rogers is made a full species. It is not endemic : Mr. Rogers has seen specimens from Denmark. 92. On R. iiiRTUS Waldst. & Kit. var. mimifiJJnnis (P. J. Muell.). Mr. Rogers (1914) notes " Perhaps it had best be omitted from our British list." 93. R. ACUTTFROXS Lev. Add var. ampJifrons Ley. Journ. Bot. 1902, p. 69. 98. R. DUMETORUM Weihc. Between /^ro.r and hrltaniiicus add A'ar. triangularis Ley. Journ. Bot. 1902, p. 70. Before fuberculatus add var. rad id if 'or mis Lev. Journ. Bot. 1904, p. 120. 99. R. CORYLIFOLTUS Sm. For var. cydopliyUus substitute var. conjungens Bab. Add form c, calcareics Rogers MS. ; distinct from both (a) sub- lustris and (b) conjungens. Stem uniformly angled and more con- spicuously so than in conjungens, though slenderer than in either a or /;. Prk. as in b with stout base, but usually fewer and more strictly contined to angles. L. 5-nate. Term. It. ovate-acuminate, narrow, with close finely-pointed teeth as in a, but neither lobate towards point nor cleft at base. Usually wholh^ eglandular. Apparently the prevailing corylifolian in the Cotteswolds, from about 200' to over 7(30' alt., between Cheltenham eastward to King- ham, and Aston-sub-Edge southward to Foss Cross. Fui-ther obser- vations in other limestone districts may be necessary- for decision as to its value as a distinct form or var. Connected bv a few inter- mediates with a and &.-W. M. R., 1913. TROPICAL AMERTCAX RUETACE^ 105 TROPICAL AMERICAN RUBIACE^.— XIII. By H. F. Wernham. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, Supplement (Manettia).) The Geis'us Coupoui. At the end of liis Hisfoire des Planfes de la Ginnne Francohe (1775), Aiiblet adds a sujjplement, and with the expressed purpose of inchiding therein " plantes dont on na pu se procurer des earaeteres coniplets." The very nature of this an-angenient shoukl inspire a certain confidence in the author's descriptions ; but the result lias been verj^ different, as the sequel shows, in the treatment of the genus Cuupoid, described for the first time on pp. 16, 17 of this sup])lement and figured in plate 377. The conspicuous tree ("arbor procera") upon which Aublet founded this new genus was general^ familiar enough localh^a centurv ago to have a name in the Caribbean vernacular — Cowpoui-Bann ; the first pai-t of this Aublet adopted for the generic name. He describes the vegetative parts— form, branches, wood, bark, and leaves — with the care with which so manj^ of his genera were founded and have borne the test of subsequent research. The flowers, he tells us, he has never seen— "je ne Fai point vu en fleur." The' fruit he describes in detail, in Latin and in French : — " sa forme approchoit de celle d'un citron .... couronne par cinq lobes du calice. II ne ren- fermoit qu'une seule amande. II etoit en fruit dans le mois de Mai." Aublet found it growing on the banks of the Galibi river, and so he named the species C. aquatica. He offers no suggestion as to its affinities, generic or otherwise. It was left to John Miers to associate flowers with this plant, more than a centur}^ later. Miers found Aublet's type — consisting of two of the very chai-acteristic leaves, detached— in the National Herbarium ; and he matched them, accurately it would seem, with specimens collected by Martin at the end of the eighteenth century in Guiana, now preserved in the same herbarium." These latter bear leaves and flowers clustered together at the extremity of twigs, all arising apparentlv at one transverse level. In his ApocynacpfB of South America (1878) Miers introduces a genus Cujnrana (p. 15). This, he says, " is the Coupoui of Aublet, who figured the plant and unripe fruit "only, which is represented as if crowned with a superior calyx — a mistake originating in the inversion of the detached drupe:' Miers offers no kind of evidence to support the all-important statement that I have italicised ; but, after pointing out that, as a result of this " mistake," most botanists had referred this genus to Myrtace^, he drawls the entirely unwarranted conclusion that *'its true place is unquestionably '^ m Apocynacece, as I have ascertained by flowering specimens of the same plant collected in Cayenne by Martin." It is clear that the flowers of this plant were unknown to the leading systematists in the interval between Aublet and Miers ; all accepted the description due to the former. The genus is unnoticed 106 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY tliroLighout the Linnean literature. Lamarck (Encycl. Metli. ii. 147 (1786), gives a condensed account, based entirely upon Aublet's descriptions; both the Gaertners (DC. Fruct. 1788-1805) leave Coupoui without mention, despite the careful description of the fruit available; so also A. L. de Jussieu (Gren. PL 1789). In the Pro- dromus (iii. 295, 1828) De Candolle includes Coupoui among his " Myrtaca? dubise," with the remark " Flores ignoti." Bentham and Hooker were the first systematists to guess the famil}^ to Avhich this genus seems rightly to belong — Huhlaceoe ; and in the absence of flowers their determination amounts to little more than a guess — as Avitness their erroneous suggestions of its affinities Avithin the family in question. Thus Bentham {Qen. Plant, i. 696, 1865) removes Coupoui from Myrtacese and relegates it to Pentafpnia, in the group GoteshceecG of Rubiacece — a tribal afiinity inadmissible on the ground of fruit-characters alone, apart from the sex- separation and the sestiv^ation of the corolla. Miers's treatment of Aublet's nomenclature is more than drastic and, to modern ideas, is unpardonable. He alters both names, generic and specific, advancing reasons that seem altogether inadequate {op. cit. 16). Coupoui, he fears, might be confounded with Coupeia, Ooupia, and Cupia, so he proceeds to create real confusion by naming the genus Cupirana, i. e. " wild " Cupi, " to distinguish it from the true Cupi ( Gouepia guianensis) " — a distinction of which the necessity was unsuspected previously. "Aublet's specific name," continues Miers, *' is not adopted, as it presupposes {sic) a small aquatic plant." Baillon, in his Hisioire des Plantes, x. 176 (1888), restores the name Coupoui, and includes the genus among doubtful Apocynacece, following Miers's account without making any personal research or comment. In the matter of nomenclature Eafinesque, in his Principes fondamentaux de Somiologie, etc. (1814), was more merciful than Miers. On page 29 of this interesting work he enunciates a " Begle. — Quand la terminaison des noms geneiiques est barbare, il faut la modifier Ohs. — Ainsi il faut ecrire . . . Cupuia au lieu de Coupoui. . ." In all the circumstances it would seem best to follow Baillon in adhering to the original Aubletian name, leaving any change for a future Botanical Congress ; Coupoui appears to be no more "barbaric" than man}^ other names that still stand without question. I have examined the flowers of Martin's specimens referred to above ; and, apart from their superficial appearance and contorted corolla-lobes, there is little reason to associate them \w\t\\ApocynacecB. Above all, the sexes are separated — a rare, if not unrecorded, condition in the last-named family. I have found no female flowers, unfor- tunately, upon any of the Coupnui specimens that I have seen ; all are staminate, with sterile female parts at most. Moreover, all these male flowers are hexamerous ; Miers, in his generic description, wrongly describes them as pentamerous — " corollas limbi segmenta 5 stamina 5 " In fact, hexamery appears to be a character constant for the male flowers of all the species ; while from Aublet's description of the fruit, it would seem that the female flowers are TllK (JK\rS CO U POUT ]() pentamevous (op. cit. 17 — "courciine par cinque lobes du calico"). All isonierv as between male and female is a condition b\^ no means unusual in the case of declinous tlowers. The inferior fruit and sympetalous corolla point clearly to Miihiacecs as the family to which Coupoui may be assigned ; and"^ this conckision is supported by the whorled arrangement of the simple leaves, with their entire margins. The fruit is fleshy, apparently, containing a single large seed ; but in spite of the last-named cha- racter, it would seem that Coupoui should be relegated to the multi- ovulate section of RiiblacecG (see Wernham in Journ. Bot. liv. 320 (191(3)). The dioecism, the contorted aestivation, and the external aspect of the plant leave little doubt that the genus is related to Daroia and other allied members of the tribe Crardeniece in which the sexes are separated — constituting the subtribe Oordierece. The buds of the male tlowers in Coupoui bear a striking resemblance to those in Ainajoua, Duroia, etc. Moveover, the Eugardeniecc display a decided general tendency to reduction in the number of ovules and seeds, correlated, probably, with the tendenc}^ to increased size of the latter: many species of Tricalijsia, for example, and its allies Diplospora, Kraussia, etc., have fruits with few seeds — from three to one. This tendency, however, has not been noted in the Cordierece hitherto, so that Coupoui is readily definable as a genus upon this character alone. Other critical characters are the arrangement of the male flowers in many-tiowered clusters, and of the female, two or three together terminally upon the twigs (" bini aut terni, sub- scssiles, terminales," accoi'ding to Aublet) ; and the whorled arrange- ment of the leaves, with the fugacious stipules. Miers described a second species of his Cupirana, based upon another plant of Martin's collection, and a third, collected in the Para district of Brazil b}^ Ducke, is described below. It is remark- able that this should have escaped the notice of Brazilian collectors prior to the present century ; Coupoui has no place in the Flora Brasillensis. The genus, then, comprises three species, all in the National Herbarium, readilj^ distinguishable by the following clavis : — Leaf-stalks much exceeding the flowers ; leaf- base auriculate-cordate aqnatica. Leaf-stalks not exceeding the flowers, or barely so ; leaf-base acute. Calyx-limb truncate, entire Marfiniana. Calyx-limb conspicuously toothed braslllensls. 1. Coupoui aquatica Aviblet, PI. Guian. ii. Supp. IG, t. 377 (1775). Cuplrana Aubletiana Miers, Apoc. S. Amer. 15 (1878). GuiAis'A. Galibi river, French Guiana, Auhletl CsLjeime, Marflnl 2. Coupoui MAirrixiAXA Wernham, nom. nov. Cuplrana Mar- finiana Miers, Apoc. S. Amer. 17 (1878). GuiajS'A. Cayenne, Martin ! 3. Coupoui brasilieusis Wernham, sp. nov. Arbor, ramulis validissimis subteretibus insigniter corticatis apicem 108 THE JOUKNAL OF EOTANY versus foliorum cleciduorum cicatricibus ca. 5-natlm verticillatis dis- positorum onustis conspicuis. Folia magna subcoriacea, elli^Dtico- lanceolata v. oblonga, apicem obtusuin brevissime apiculatum versus vix acuminata basi acuta fere cuneata, supra glaberrima subpolita subtus in venis primariis necnon reticulo interveniente manifesto minutissime strigillosa aliter glabrata, venis primariis subtus promi- nentibus lateralibus utrinque 17-20 marginem parallelis leniter cm-- vantibus nonnunquam inter se anastomosantibus, petiolo longiusculo supra anguste necnon altiuscule canaliculato minute etsi dense pube- rulo-strigilloso ; sfipulcB caducse post delapsum lineam alto sulcatam relinquentes interpetiolarem. Flores majusculi umbellis cymosis dispositi sessilibus v. subsessilibus petiolos manifeste brevioribus, pedicellis conspicuis glabratis cal3X'em demum longitudine exceden- tibus graciliusculis ; caJycis tubus tubulari-infundibularis magnus extus breviter necnon notabiliter sericeus, dentibus acutissimis con- spicuis lineari-lanceolatis coronatus ; coroJl(B extus sericese tubus latus anguste infundibularis lobis brevior ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis acutissimis. Brazil. Para, Rio Tapajoz, region des Cataractes inferieures : nom. vulg. 'puriiy. Ducke 16872 ! Foret entre Armina-mirein et Tiramba, E,io Trombetas, Ducke 114631 Leaves about 40 cm. long, 18 cm. broad ; petiole 6 cm. or more in length; primary lateral veins, 18 pairs. Floral pedicels nearly 3 cm. in length, with average transverse diameter of 1*5 mm. at most. The calyx consists of a narrowly funnel-shaped tube over 1*5 cm. long, rather more than 1 cm. wide at the mouth, crowned by 6 very short, but conspicuously sharp, teeth. The corolla-tube, 1*7 cm. or longer, broadens, somewhat, from a diameter of about 4 mm. at the base to 8 mm. or more at the mouth ; the spreading limb of the corolla measures about 5 cm. in diameter, each of the six lobes being about 2-3 cm. long and 7-10 mm. broad just below the middle. LICHENS OF LLANBERIS AND DISTRICT. By W. Watsoi^, D.Sc, A.L.S. The list of lichens given by Mr. Wheldon in the January number of this Journal (pp. 11-15) is a useful one, but, as the author remarks, cannot be regarded as exhaustive. In 1915 I spent a week in the district and last year (shortly after Mr. Wheldon's visit) a fortnight, and I am thus able to add a few notes to the above- mentioned list. The inclusion in the list of Lecanora epanora was useful to me, as it brought to my notice that a plant which I overlooked as a sterile form of L. sulphurea was this much rarer plant. Some of the plants in the list, e. g. CJadonia ■uncialis f. ohtusata, C. lepidota f. hypophyUa (which I think descends from C. cervicornis or C. de- q'enera7is\ and the " unexpected " Cerania vermicular is, were recorded from the Snowdon district in this Journal for 1917 in ray papers on LICHENS OF LLANBEKIS AND DISTRICT 109 " New Rare or Critical Lichens." Bceomyces rosevs, which Mr. Wel- don only saw in a sterile condition, was observed with abundant apothecia on the side of the path leading from Llanberis to Helfa. Most specimens of Lecidea lapicida 1 examined gave a yellow reaction with potash, and are therefore referable to L. polycarpa Flk. The following are additions to Mr. Wheldon's list, and also to those recorded from the district by me in the papei-s already men- tioned. Where no locality is given Llanberis must be understood. Thermufis velutina Th. Fr. On damp precipitous rocks from Glyder, overlooking Pass. Only a few apothecia were seen. Ephebeia hispidiila Nyl. Cwm-^^-glo. Collem.a ceraniscum Nyl. Moist rocks overlooking Pass. Rock ledges, Clogwyn, C. pidposum Ach. Rare, on mortar of house, Hebron. G. cheileum Ach. On walls, Dinorwic. Lep)togium scotinum v. sinuatum Malbr. L. lacerum Gray, not common ; var. lopliceum Nyl. Beddgelert ; var. pulvinatitm Krb. On mortar and surrounding rock with Placynthium nigrum Gallopisma rnpestre, C. calvum, and Phi/scia cc^sia. Pannaria nehulosa Hoffra. On wall-top. Pass. Massalongia carnosa Krb. Frequent, 400 to 2000 ft. Feltigera rufescens Hoffm. and P. polydactyla v. hymenina Nyl. are frequent. Solorina saccata Ach. In addition to the stations given, this was noticed at Clogwyn, Glyder (3200 ft.), and Beddgelert. Stictiua fuliginosa Nyl. and S. limhata Nyl. Cwm-y-glo and Beddgelert. Goniocyhe fiirfuracea Ach. Sph(srophori(s conipressus Krb. Snowdon, 3000 ft. >S'. coral- loides form conyestus Lamy. Common. Ramcdina calicaris Fr., It. farinacea Ach., and H. fasiiqiata Ach. are rather frequent, especially near Cwm-y-glo. R. subfarinacea is occasional. Parmelia subconspersa Nyl. On wall near Llanberis Church. P. omphalodes f. ceesiopriiinosa Nyl. Usnea florida Web. Llanberis and Baddgelert. Alecforia nigricans Nyl. Near summit of Glyder Fawr with Farmelia corniculata, P. pubescens, Gladonia gracilis form amauray G. degenerans f . pleolepidea and G. lepidota f. hypophylla near it. I^lacodium murorum DC. On wall. Gallopisma citrinum Krb. On mortar and surrounding rock. G. ferrugineum v. festivum Mudd. On hard rock near Llanberis waterfall. Lecanora subfusca Nyl., L. intumescens Krb., L. pallida Schaer., and L. conizcea Nyl. are occasional on trees, L. campestris Nyl. is apparently rare. L. intricata Ach. On rock near Hebron. L. gan- galeoides Njd. and L. subtartarea Nyl. On rock, Snowdon, 2500 ft. L. umbrina Mass. Hcdmatomma ventosum Mass. Snowdon. Pertusaria communis f. rupestris DC. P. loulfenii DC, P. dealbata f. corallina Cromb. Snowdon, 2500 ft. Jlrceolaria scruposa Ach. Walls, Nant Peris. 110 THE JOURNAL OF lUnWM' UmbiUcm'ia pustulata Hoft'm. Fairlj common. GyropJiora prohoscidea Ach. and i.fimhriata Mudd. Snowdon, 1600 'ft. BcEomyces rufiis v. jprostii Harm. On rock near Llanberis waterfall. Icmadopliila cdvuginosa Trev. Snowdon, about 2500 ft. Cladonia pyxidata v. pocillum Fr. Rare. O. gracilis v. liyhrida Schaer. G. squamosa '^. pyolyclionia (Flk.), G. suhsquamosa Nyl. G.furcata v. spinosa Hook., v. pialamcea, Nyl. Beddgelert, G. rangiformis Hoffm. Llanberis and Beddgelert. G. cocci/era v. pleurota Schser. Grlyder. G. Jlcerlceana f. hrachypoda Nyl. Not uncommon on peatj ground, Snowdon. G. sylvatica f. grandis Oliv. Lecidea granulosa f. viridula Cromb. L. sorediza Nyl. L. profrusa Fr., L. latypea Ach. L. contigua f. calcarea Leight. On rocks, Bwkh-cwm-Mas, var. platycarpa Fr. Snowdon. L. leuco- 'pliceoides Nyl. and L. griseoatra Schser. On boulders 2000 ft. Snowdon. L. parasema v. elcBockroma Ach. Frequent on trees. Biatorina leiiiicularis v. erubesceus. On rocks near Llanberis waterfall. Bilimhia sahuletorum B. & R. Frequent on decaying bryo- ph3^tes on walls ; var. ohscuratum A. L. Sm. Nant Peris. Bacidia inundata Krb. On rocks b}^ the side of Llyn Peris. A dark form from the same locality agrees fairly well with B. cali- gans A. L. Sm. Buellia (Bthalea Ach. On rocks near waterfall, Llanberis. Bhizocarpon alhoatrum v. epipolium A. L. Sm. B. ohscuratum Mass. B. geographicum v. atrovirens Krb. B. confervoides f. disjjersum (Leight.). On rocks near Llanberis waterfall. Opegraplia atra Pers. and v. denigrata Schser. Graphis elegans Ach. Cwm-j^-gio. G. scripta Ach. Dermatocarpon miniatum Th. Fr. Llanberis, Snowdon, Glyder; V. complicafum Th. Fr. and f. decipiens A. L. Sm. On damp pre- cipitous rocks from the Glyder, near Pass. D. laclineum A. L. Sm. Clogw}^, Snowdon. Verrucaria cethiohola Wahl. In stream, Llanberis and Y Garn (2500 ft.). V. suhmersa Schser. In stream. V. maculiformis Kremp. Frequent on slaty rocks, Llanberis, Dinorwic, Bwlch-cwm- Mas. Thelidium microcarpum A. L. Sm. On wall of old house, Hebron. Acrocordia hiformis Oliv. Artliopyrenia fallax Arn. Byrenula nitida Ach. Botrydina vulgaris Breb. Common. NOKWEUIAN EUniRASTAS 111 XORWEGIAN EUPHKASIAS. Die Euphrasia-Arten Norwegens von E. Jorgensen. Bergeiis Museums Aarbok 1916-17 : Naturvidenskabelig rsekke nr. e'5. pp. 337, 11 maps, 14 plates, 54 figures in text. Bergen : John Griegs, 1919. Or this paper the following is an abstract : — In common with the rest of the European species, the Norwegian Euphrasias belong to Bentham's section Semicalcarat(je, which is thus divided : Subsection I. Angustifolice Wettst. Contains only -E". salishurgensis. Subsection II. Ciliatce Jorg. Capsulse margine longe ciliatse. Series 1. MinoriJJorce. Corolla small, 7 mm. long or shorter : E. latifolia, E. minima, E. scotica, E. micrautha, E. curt a, E. ne- morosa, and E. ccBVidea. Series 2. Majoriflorce. Corolla 8 mm. long or longer : E. hrevi- irila, E. tenuis, E. stricta, E. suecica, E. horealis, E. atlantica, and E. liyperhorea. Series 3. Grandiflorce. Corolla 10 mm. long or longer : E. rost- koviana. The following key to the species is an abbreviated form of that given by the author : A. Glands stalked. I. Glands numerous. a. Glands short ; flowers large, corolla 8 mra. or longer, often shorter ; bracts awned ; corolla-tube during flowering at least 1 mm. long E. hrevipila (early summer form E. teiinis). h. Glands long, relatively small-headed ; bracts not clearly awned ; corolla-tube during flowering about 1-5 mm. long E. rosthoviana (early summer form E. montana). II. Glands very few, short. a. Large-flowered, similar to E. latifolia in northern Norway E. hyperhovea. b. Small-flowered E. latifolia. B. Stalked glands absent except sometimes on corolla. I. Flowers large, corolla 8 mm. or longer. a. Late summer forms. 1. Fruiting calyx not (or little) enlarged with long narrow teeth E. strida, subsp. eustricta. 2, Fruiting calyx eometimes much enlarged with large broad teeth E. horealis, subsp. suhbrevipila. b. Early summer forms. 1. Corresponding to E. stricta, subsp. a, E. snecica. 2. Corresponding to E. horealis, subsp. a, E. atlantica. 3. Similar to E. latifolia. Leaves and bracts with a more or less wedge-shaped base. E. liyperhorea in northern Norway. II. Small-flowered. Corolla 7 mm. long or longer. o. Capsule either without hairs on the edge or with only short hairs E. salishurgensis. 112 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY b. Capsule with numerous hairs on the edge. 1. Fruiting: calyx almost smooth. Plants of a pixrplish colour or dark green. Under-lip longer than the upper. Late summer forms E. micrantha. Under-lip about as long as the upper. Moor forms. Western hill plants E. scotica. Alpine plant E. minima, var. palnstris. Green or golden green. Corolla only 3 "5 mm. In Northern Norway E. latifulia, var. inuadata. 2. Fruiting calyx more or less strongly hairy. Early summer types. Seeds large, l'5-2*0 mm. long. Alpine or northern plants. Capsule elliptical E. minima. Capsule narrow, oblong, large. In northern Norway E. latifolia. Late summer type. Seeds small, about 1 mm. long. Only in plains and generally hairy E. curta. The monograph is in German with the exception of a short summary of the primary points discussed in English, on pp. 317-327. It is remarkable that the common British S. nemot^osa is very doubt- fully Norwegian. In the key, £. gracilis Fries = -E'. micrantha Keichenb. " E. G. B. SHORT NOTES. Alchemilla ac'Utidens in England. (See Journ. Bot. 1914, 281.) Late in June 1919, during an expedition in the Grassington district, Yorkshire, accompanied by Messrs. S. C^yer, T. J. Foggitt and J. W. White, I noticed a peculiar-looking Alchemilla which did not seem happily placed under A. alpestris, although that seemed its nearest ally. The locality would be at an elevation of about 900 feet between Grassington and Conistone. A week or so later Mr. E. G. Baker gathered, in the same neighbourhood, somewhat similar examples. In the meantime, on July 7th, the late Anthony Wallis and I spent a day exploring the lower slopes of Cross Fell and were rewarded by finding a number of interesting plants of which I hope to give an account later. At an elevation of between 1500-1600 ft. a small patch of an Alchemilla was found on a wet ledge of rocks, growing with A. alpestris, but which, even at first sight, proclaimed itself to be undoubted A. acutidens. The low-growing habit, the stems decumbent at the base, the peculiarly glaucous leaves with acute and •+: regular teeth, and the pronounced hairiness of the plant showed us that there could be scarcely a doubt as to its name. Upon careful examination at home, I found the leaf-outline matched well that figured in this Journal {I. c. 284, f. 2) and noted that the deep sinus between the lobes of the lower foliaceous bracts were often remarkably jDronounced — a good distinction, seemingly, between this species and A. alpestris. Our examples grew upon the Westmoreland portion of the mountain, but I have little doubt a longer search would reveal its presence upon the same hill further west in the county of Cumberland. SHORT XOTES 113 Since writing the above I have had an opportunity of submitting a parcel of Alchemillas to Prof. Lindberg in Finland. He unhesi- tatingly determines as A. acufidens the Cross Fell gathering ; of the Grassington plant he says " I believe that this beautiful plant is a form of the very variable A. acutidens,''' and he considers Mr. E. G. Baker's specimens as that species. Prof. Lindberg also confirms as acufidens my naming of a plant gathered in 1914 by the late E. S. Marshall on Eeinn a Chroin, Glen Falloch, West Perth, at an elevation of about 2500 ft. According to the map given by Lindberg (Nord. Alcliemilla vidgaris-ioniiQU ; Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. xxxvii. No. 10, PI. 18, 1909), the Yorkshire locality is some 270 miles further south than that at which A. acutUleiis occurs in Scandinavia ; although away in the East it is known from Tula, Russia (S. of Moscow), nearly on the same degree of longitude as Grassington. A. acutidens var. alpestriformis, to which I refer the British plant, may thus now be placed on record for v.c. 64, Mid west York- shire ! ; v.c. 69, Westmoreland ! ; and v.c. 87, West Perthshire ! (or 87i Lomond, as suggested by Mr. Barclay in this Journal for 1915, p. 250).— C. E. Salmon. Some Records. Mr. Bennett has kindly confirmed my naming of a Gallitriche from E. Gloster : it is C polymoiyha Lonnr. I gathered the specimen in 1909 in the low ground north of Chipping Campden, not far from the county border. C. obtusangula Le Gall, grew in the same spot. Mr. Bennett also names a plant from Fairwater, v.c. 41, G. vernalis Koch = C. palustris L. — My herbarium contains specimens of Zannichellia gibherosa Reiclib., from Deal (1901), and Welsh St. Donat's, v.c. 41 (1904), of Z. pedimculafa l^eichh., from Oxwich (1897) and Aberafan (1904) v.c. 41. — Among my Potamogetons are P. zosterifolius Schum. f. major Zapalowicz, from Derbyshire (Purchas, 1884), ohfusifolius Mert. & Koch, Groby Pool, Leics. (T. Kirk, 1851), Friesii Rupr., from both v.c. 33 & 34, the probable hybrid Friesii Xpusillns from v.c. 34, panormitamis Biv.-Bern., Llyn Coron, v.c. bl, flahellatus Bab., and pectinatus L. from both v.c. 33 & 34. — Eleocharis uniglumis Schultes was sent me in 1917 from Swansea Bay (v.c. 41) : and I have Garex Leersii F. Schultz, from v.c. 33 & 34, G. Paircei F. Schultz = ((7. muricata L.) from v.c. 33 & 41, G. diimlsa Stokes, from v.c. 33 & 34, G. gracilis Curt. \2i,\\ personata Fr., & var. prolixa (Fr.) v.c. 33 & 34, G.flacca Schreb. var. aggregata Reich., v.c. 33, and a curious form akin to both hinervis and distans from v.c. 33. The naming of the majority of these is due to Mr. Bennett. — H. J. Riddelsdell. The Mild Season. The following are among the more note- worthy of early flowering-plants in the Bristol district during this remarkable season. By January 18 some of the Wych Elms in Clifton were already in blossom. On Feb. 12 I saw Hutchinsia petrasa flowers, and a few young capsules, on seedlings half an inch high. By March 3rd some two dozen umbels of Smyrnium were in flower and a few in young fruit by the Avon, immediately below the suspension bridge. Early in March a friend at Clevedon reported Lathrcea. On the 12th Thlaspi alpestr.e was seen by H. Corder JouuNAL of Boxa.m-. — VoL. 58. [April, 1920.] ^ . i 114 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY near Sidcot, Somerset. On March 20, by a road-side in Clifton, a small Lime tree was green with leaves, already 1^ inch across; other Limes in the neighbourhood have not bm-st their leaf -buds, except a short row of young pollard trees which are beginning to do so. Silver Birch catkins are now (March 21) showing their stamens; and a Mountain Ash (P. Aucuparia) has leaves of five inches and good racemes of flower-buds; a young Ash {Fraxinus) has been in blossom some days. Shoots of White Bryony are from one to two feet long in a thicket on Clifton Down. Near Axbridge, below the sunny slope of Mendip, the vegetation is particulai'ly remarkable. On March 20 Lithos^yermum furpureo-coeruleum shoots were quite ad- vanced, and several in a secluded spot only a hundred feet above sea- level had their red buds just waiting to open and turn ultramarine : May until the end of June is the usual flowering-time. Near by were Fragaria vesca, two plants in blossom, Bluebell heads already blue. Garlic with well-developed leaves and unopened spathes If inch long, Melic-grass with flowering-shoots a foot high and practically " out," Gerastium arvense (very rare in Somerset) in bud, and flowers of Potentilla verna spotted the ground of an upland slope with yellow. I have no record of such precocious flowering during my residence in the West of England prior to 1889, nor again during the past six years. — H. S. Thompson. Rose Eecords. Col. WoUey-Dod has recently been so kind as to name a large number of Roses from my collection. They were gathered in various counties, chiefly in Gloucestershire. One group of them have a special interest, for they were the last roses gathered by Mr. Ley (1910). They had gone to Dingier, who owing to ill- health was obliged in 1911 to return them without working at them. The most interesting records are the following : Glamorgan, v.c. 41 ; IRosa erronea Rip., Reuteri Godr., dumetorum var. sphcBrocarpa (Pug.), and omissa Desegl. — Northants, v.c. 32 (all Ley's) : R.jac- tata Desegl., Carionii Desegl. & Gill., Bothschildii Druce, insignis Desegl. & Rip., Jiemitricha Rip., trichoneura Rip. — Hunts, v.c. 31 (Ley's), B. ramealis Pug. ; and Radnor, v.c. 43 (Ley's), R. sub- cristata Baker. — Hereford, v.c. 36 (mostly my own gathering), B. stenocarpa Desegl., tomentella var. ohtusifolia Desv., dumetorum near var. spinetorum (Desegl. &Ozan.), Deseglisei Chr., incerta Desegl. — E. Gloster, v.c. 33, B. omissa Desegl., tomentosa Sm. var. confusa (Pug.), mucronulata Desegl., senticosa Ach., Lemaitrei Rip., erio- styla Rip., nemophila Desegl. & Ozan., micrantha var. tricliocarpa Rouy, Carionii Desegl. & Gill. — W. Gloster, v.c. 34, B. omissa Desegl., tomentosa Sm., transitoria R. Kell., spliceroidea Rip., dumalis Bechst., syntrichostyla Rip., Bousselii Hv^.. verticillacantha 'NLer., Lemaitrei Rip., senticosa Ach., mucronulata Desegl., incerta Desegl., splicero- carpa Pug., urhica Chr., Beuteri and its var. suhcristata Baker, Carionii Desegl. & Gill., systyla f. leucochroa (Desv.). H. J. RiDDELSDELL. AsTRANTiA MAXIMA Pall. IN DuRHAM. During a botanical holiday spent by us in Upper Teesdale, in July 1919, my sister (Mrs. C. L. Wilde) discovered this species on the wooded slopes of a beck near Middleton-in -Teesdale, v.c. QQ, to all appearance quite wild. SHOUT NOTES 115 There were some hundreds of plants, with at least fifty or sixty flowering-sjDikes, massed in an area of several square yards. Mr. C. E. Salmon, who conhrms the determination, informs me that it is a non-European species, a native of Caucasia, Trans- Caucasia and Armenia, and it consequently must have been introduced. Both my sister and I feel reasonably certain that it was not deliberately planted, and no non-European trees or shrubs were observed in the woods. The nearest houses are about two hundred yards above, on the edge of the wood, and are of the usual small industrial type. I should not have considered the species sufficiently decorative for garden purposes, but it is included in Cassell's Dictionary of Gardening and Robin- son's English Flower Garden. I have never seen it in cultivation, neither has Mr. Salmon. Mr. Gr. C. Druce informs me that A. maxima was recorded from Scotland as a planted alien in the Bot. Exch. Club Report for 1908.— E. B. Bishop. REVIEW. Sveriges Hoscb. By S. Almquist. Stockholm, 1919. In this work the author presents the results of his lifelong study of roses in the form of a remarkable work involving an entirely new classification of the genus JRosa, based chiefly on the form and serra- tion of the leaflets of the flowering shoots. Whilst studying the diiferent sections of Hosa Afzeliana Fr. (=i?. glauca Vill. -fi^. coriifolia Fr.), the author found that there were types of species running through all, or most, of the groups of roses. These types include species belonging to different groups, but nevertheless essen- tially alike in the form and serrations of the leaflets, the prickles, colour, etc. Each special type normally displays two species, one having leaves with a well-developed waxy " bloom " and the other with the bloom more or less weakly shown ; each of these species in turn may occur with smooth and with hairy leaves. According to the author the total number of such special types is 31, yielding in Sweden 224 species ; to determine them a concise key illustrated by clear line-drawings is provided, and a synoptic tabular statement of groups and types shows very clearly the relationship of the species. Naturally enough, the catalogue of the Swedish species occupies the greatest part of the book ; nevertheless, in the account of the types and their distribution, many foreign species are named. Amongst the novelties of classification one notes that R. coriifolia Fr. and R. dumetorum Thuill are regarded merely as single species of the acutiformis and cuneatula types. Further, all species with subfoliar glands (other than on the midrib), usually assigned to the AfzeliancB or Oanince, are transferred to the JRuhiginoscB and Agrestes ; with the same groups are also classified species such as Jundzilliana, rlKstica, uriensis, tomentella, etc., sometimes treated by other authors as forming special groups. JR. ruhrifolia (auct.) (the oldest name of which, R. glauca Pourr., is reinstated) is separated 116 THE .TOmNAL OF BOTAI^T from the Afzeliance and, following De CandoUe, inserted amongst the Cinnamomece. In this latter group and that of PimpinellifolicB are included seveml species variously placed by others ; these are S. l(Bvi(/afa, R. chinensis, R. Carolina., R. bracteata, R. micro- phi/lla, R. Banksia, etc. Strangely enough, in these cases forms with subfoliar glands are allowed to stand as usual. For the most part the system is carried through strictly on the above-mentioned natural principles which ought to yield a simple and clear treatment as the types constitute the tie uniting the groups ; this naturally means a large number of new names which, in the case of the Swedish species, are supplied by the author and R. Matsson. A few old names are retained, which must be employed in the restricted sense demanded by Almquisfs scheme. The drawings are so careful that it would seem relatively easy for the trained eye to determine the types by their aid; nevertheless, dirticulties soon arise owing to the great breadth of variation seen at all points when details are investigated. According to Almquist the geographical distribution of the various types is greatly different ; some are Holarctic, others are Palsearctic, whilst still others are confined to Europe. Even in Europe some are western and some eastern ; one, indeed, is confined to Scandinavia. At this stage the author provides many facts of great interest, e. g. he mentions that in the Fa^roe Islands R. 'piminnelli folia is replaced by semi-villosan R. fwroensis, which he regards as a mutant of the former ; R. orient a Us is similarly a semi-villosan. R. pimpi- nellifolia Almquist looks upon as a juvenile species, inasmuch as its leaves are not further advanced than the stage of an " a " leaflet, whilst the stem bears the prickle armature of a normal second-year shoot of other roses. Sveriges Roscd is an important contribution to the literature of the genus Rosa ; one can easily forsee that its new revolutionary opinions as outlined above will provoke criticism, and thus by their very novelty stimulate a new and fruitful study of the genus, thereby necessitating a revision of names as employed by previous authors. A full index and all the named species and subspecies add to the value of the work. Carl Traaet?^, Staback, Norway. [We are indebted for this notice to Dr. J. W. Heslop-Harrison of Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne, to whom it was forwarded by the author for publication in this Journal. Dr. Harrison has rendered the translation somewhat more idiomatic, but otherwise the review is as it was sent. Dr. Harrison writes : " Almquisfs views agree closely with mine derived from an intensive study of the genus from the genetic standpoint. The ' a ' leaflet referred to above is the lowest one of the flowering shoot in Almquisfs nomenclature ; to quote his exact words ' PS, alia fig. betyder ' a ' och * h ' nederblad pS blomskottet, 'c' mellanblad, '</' och 'e' overblad.' " — Ed. Jouen. BOT.] THE SHAMEOCK 117 THE SHAMROCK. As St. Patrick's Day comes round, the newspaper botanist usually enlightens his readers with his views about the Shamrock : this year, however, he has surpassed himself in the ingenuity and inaccuracy of his conclusions. Tlie palm must be given to the Daily News, which had already (Feb. 25) distinguished itself by tha following paragraph relating*^ to the " Blue Primrose," of which the writer seems now to have heard for the first time : — " Among the exhibits yesterday at the Royal Horticultural Society was the blue primrose, a flower recently discovered by Mr. Wilson, the famous plant cultivator, and double primroses were shown closely resembling the purple lilac in colour. A flower related to the English cowslip, namely, the Italian primrose, was also on view. When the wind blows over the Italian hills, whereon this flower grows, the leaves, which are dappled, ruffle, and suggest to the onlooker a cloud burdened with snow." On March 19 the following paragraph appeared in the column headed " Under the Clock," in which from time to time appear many things " hard to be understood" in so far as they relate to facts. '* There was a fair amount of shamrock worn in London yesterday, or, rather, the common clover which passes for shamrock. This plant is now quite common in Ireland, and I received a small box of it from Cork yesterday morning labelled "Shamrock from Ireland." But it was not shamrock at all. Genuine shamrock is the beautiful little wood-sorrel, the trefoil leaf of which is a brilliant green, and which bears a geranium-like white flower. The clover which has usurped the place of the traditional shamrock has no flower [!], and the four-leaf variety is quite common." Comment upon this would only spoil it : an attempt to correct some of its absurdities resulted in the following (March 20) : — "There are, it seems, at least four possible claimants to the honour of being the real thing : White (or Dutch) clover. Black medick, Wood Sorrel, Lesser yellow trefoil. I gather that the last holds the field, and can be tested at the right time of year by its yellow flowers, but Avood sorrel has a kind of semi-official claim. The famous four leaves may happen on any of these varieties, I believe." How the shamrock is to be " tested by its yellow flowers," and what is " the right time of year " for applying the test, the writer does not say, but it is satisfactory that he has discovered that it lias flowers. The Westminster Gazette, usually better informed, announced (Mar. 17) that, "botanists believe that the genuine shamrock is the wild wood-sorrel." Against this aspersion a protest was sent, in which it was pointed out that general as well as local testimony identified the shamrock with Trifolium minus, as evidenced by the Dictionary of English Plant-Naines and by the late Nathaniel Colgan's exhaustive paper on " The Shamrock in Ireland," to which reference is made on p. 118. This, however, was combatted (Mar. 19) by a correspondent who rehashed the farrago of inaccuracies given in the unfortunate " popular " portion of Syme's English Botany, and, 118 THE JOrRNAL OF BOTANY supporting the claims of the wood-sorrel — first propounded, as Colgan points out, by Bicheno in 1830-31, — stated that, "ancient writers all agree that the shamrock was edible, and the wood-sorrel has been eaten in Ireland from time immemorial ! " A correction of these and other misstatements appears in the W. G. for March 23, and there that paper leaves the matter, anticipating (no doubt correctly) that "the discussion will break out again, somewhere about the middle of next March ! " BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc. The Irish Naturalist for Nov.-Dec. 1919 contains a biography, with portrait, of Nathaniel Colgan, whose death occurred on Oct. 2. He was born in Dublin on May 28, 1851, and at an early age obtained a clerkship in the Dublin Metropolitan Police Court, from whose services he retired in 1916. Interested in general litera- ture, Colgan took up botany in 1880, and later made the acquaintance of A. Gr. More, Mr. Lloyd Praeger — the writer of the notice referred to, — and Mr. R. W. Scully : his first botanical contribution was a note on Saussurea alpina, printed in this Journal for 1885 (p. 157). In 1894 Colgan published his Flora of the County Duhliriy and in 1898, in conjunction with Mr. Scully, the second edition of the Cyhele Hibernica, based on the papers of More, who died in 1895 and by his will appointed the two botanists to complete the work and see it through the press : both of these volumes are admirably done ; the introduction to the former contains much useful biographical information. Colgan contributed numerous papers to the Irish Naturalist and some to this Journal ; among the latter may be noted those on the occurrence of Artemisia Stelleriana in Ireland (1S94!) and — in the same volume — a paper on "Henry Mundy and the Shamrock " which was subsequently embodied in his exceedingly interesting and exhaustive account of " The Shamrock in Literature " published in Journ. E,. Soc. Antiquaries of Ireland for 1896. He took part in the Clare Island Survey set on foot by the Royal Irish Academy in 1909, in whose Proceedings he published an account of the plant and animal names in use in the island, with their associated folk-lore. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 4, a communi- cation was brought before the Society entitled " A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Botany of New Caledonia " relating to the collection made by Mr. R. H. Compton in New Caledonia and the Isle of Pines during 1914. The specimens collected have been pre- sented to the British Museum, and the greater part have been worked out in the Department of Botany. Since his return, Mr. Compton has been appointed Professor of Botany in the Cape Town University, and Director of the new Botanic Gardens at Stellenbosch. Dr. Rendle gave a short account of the position and physical characters of the island ; and referred to previous work on its flora, and its general characters. Important features are the igneous rocks which form a mountain chain of gneiss in the north-east, and the serpentine BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 119 formation which covers the southern portion and occurs in larger or smaller areas throughout the island. The climate is mesothermic ; the rainfall is relatively abundant, but owing to evaporation and the porous nature of the soil, many parts of the country have an arid appearance. The flora is rich, and the proportion of endemic forms exceptionally high. The relative proportions of the different families of flowering plants in the present collection are very similar to those recently worked out by Mr. Cruillaumin for the flora as a whole, the four families which contain the highest number of species being in each case JEwpliorhiacecd, Rahiacece, Orchidacece, and Myrtacece. The main aflinities of the flora are with Indo-Malaya and South-East Australia, the former represented chiefly in the forest regions and the latter in the scrub and savannah regions ; and a study of it suggests that New Caledonia is a very ancient land mass which has been isolated for a very long period. In common with all kindred bodies, the Linnean Society has had to face the altered condition of alfairs created by the War, and with a view to meeting the emergency the Council has suggested certain measures which were submitted to the meeting of the Society on March 18 and adopted. The most important of these is the increase of the annual subscription from £3 to £4: the decision of the Council was arrived at with reluctance, but the economies already adopted, including the suspension of the TransactionSy have proved inadequate to meet the growing expenses. The Flora of the District of Columhia and Vicinity, by A. S. Hitchcock and Paul C. Standley, ** with the assistance of the botanists of Washington " forms Vol. 21 of the Contributions from the U.S. National Museum. It consists of a series of keys — the first to the families, based mainly on vegetative characters, followed by one based mainly on floral characters ; under each order is a key to to the genera and under each genus a key to the species followed by a list with notes as to habitat, distribution, etc. *' The nomencla- ture is in accord with the American Code of Botanical Nomenclature, except that so-called duplicate binomials are not used " : some of the names wall be unfamiliar to British botanists^ — thus Barharea is superseded by Campe of Dulac, with G. verna (Michx.) Heller, C. stricta L. (Andrzej.) W. F. Wight, and G. Barharea L. (W, F. Wight) as the names of our three species. There is a very full glossaiy and a single index with 42 plates, mostly of individual plants. No use is made of the page-headings, which throughout give merely the title of the volume —even the glossary is headed " Flora of the District of Columbia " ! The Flora contains 646 genera and 1630 species. The recent Bulletins of the Philippine Department of Forestry contain Philippine Bamboos (no. 15), with 33 plates: Philip- fine Forest Products as Sources of Paper Pulp (no. 16) ; and descriptions of the species of Philippine Mangrove Siva^nps (no. 17) with 47 plates, which include figures of the ant-inhabited Myrmecodia and Rydnophytum and of Polypodium sinuatum, also ant-inhabited. Dr. W. H. Brown and Mr. A. F. Fisher, of the Bureau of Forestry, are jointly responsible for the three Bulletins. 120 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Several papers have been published in recent years by Prof. W. A. Setcheil and Dr. N. L. Gardner on the marine algte of Western America. These results are now being combined by the authors into a complete account of the flora, the first part of which is issued under the title — The Marine Algce of the Pacific Coast of North America^ Part I. : Mg.rophi/cece (University of California Publications, Botany, viii. 1919, pp. 1-13S, 8 plates) ; and the three remaining parts are stated to be in advanced preparation. The Myxophyceae contain thirty genera, under Avhich are placed ninety-six species and some varieties. These are all clearly and concisely described, and are often illuminated with valuable critical notes. Further, the identification of specimens is facilitated by the keys provided. Judging from the present part, this monograph, long needed, will provide a complete and most valuable account of the algae of the west coast of Noi-th America. — A. G. The second part of the Account of the Herharium of the Vniversitij of Oxford, by S. H. Vines, M.A., and G. C. I)ruce, LL.D., which has lately been issued by the Clarendon Press, contains an Index of contributors to the Herbarium and of other collections existing in Oxford, on which there are interesting notes. They include volumes at Merton College, collected by Robert Huntingdon and Charles Willughby in the seventeenth century ; two herbaria bequeathed to Wadham College by Richard Warner (1713 ?-75) ; the herbarium of Edward Morgan (fl. 1639-72) and that of Sir George Wheler (1650-1724)— these at the Bodleian. The Adventive Flora of Tweedside, by Ida M. Hayward, F.L.S., and George Claridge Druce, LL.D. (Arbroath, Buncle) is an exhaustive account of the adventitious or alien flora of Tweedside which during recent years has attracted much notice. The work, which is fully descriptive and is prefaced by a useful introduction, contains much interesting matter, but as a copy has not reached us for review we must content ourselves with calling attention to its publication. Dr. Thellung, to whom the book is dedicated, has lately published (Mitth. Bot. Mus. Zurich, Ixxxiii.) a third instalment of his " Beitrage zur Adventivflora der Schweiz." The Kew Bulletin (No. 1, 1920 ; March) contains papers on *' The Indian Species of Mimosa,'", by J. S. Gamble, which includes descriptions of three novelties : on the seeds of Momordica cochin- chinensis ; on '' Clematopsis, a primitive genus of Cleraatideae," by Mr. J. Hutchinson, mth five new species ; " Diagnoses Africanae," relat- ing to various orders : a note on "the Rev. H. F. Tozer [1829-1916] and plants collected by him in the Nearer East " ; and a notice of Sir William MacGregor (1846-1919), whose plants, like those of Tozer, are at Kew. The vacancy in the Regius Professorship of Botany in Aberdeen University, caused by the death of Prof. Trail, has been filled by the appointment of Mr. W. G. Craib, who has lately been lecturing on forestry in Edinburgh under Prof. Balfour. Mr. Craib was at one time Superintendent of the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, and on his return to England became Assistant for India at Kew. The Transactions of the Perthshire Societi/ of Natural Science, vol. vii. pt. 1. contains a list of the Biscoini^cetes of Perthshire by Mr. James Menzies. "JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS. In view of the fact that the stock of these is in some cases practically exhausted, the attention of our readers is directed to the list which appears on the following page. Old subscribers of course already possess the matter contained in them in the pages of the Journal ; but some of them appeared several years ago, and recent subscribers will thus not possess them. Some, which do not appear in the list, are ah-eady out of print ; of others very few copies remain, and it will of course be impossible to reprint them : among the latter may be mentioned Mr. Jameson's Genera and Species of British Mosses, Mr. Riddelsdell's Flora of Glamorgansliire, Mr. Dallman's Notes on tie Flora of Denhiglishire (1911), and Mr. Bennett's Supplement to * Topographical Botany: Of the Supplements to the Biographi- cal Index no complete sets remain. It had been hoped before this to issue the second edition of the work, in which these Supplements are of course incorporated, but the present cost of paper and labour has rendered this imiwssible. Of \X\<^ Index itself no copies remain, these having been lost in the course of transferring the stock to Messrs. Adlard. Mr. Garry's Notes on the Drawings of Sowerhfs 'English Botany: containing, as it does, much topographical information and numeroi^ unpublished notes by Smith, Sowerby and others, should be in^ the possession of all interested in the history of British Botany : only sixteen copies remain. It may be pointed out that, although for the most part relating to British Botany, certain of the reprints have a more general appeal. Such arfe the Index Ahecedarius — a list of the plants in the first edition of Linnieus's Species Plantarum, showing at a glance what are included in that work, which has no index of species ; the History of Alton's ' Ilortus Ketvensis,' which contains much in- formation as to the authors and contents of that classical Avork ; the Flo?'a of Gibraltar, which, besides a complete list, contains notes on the more interesting species ; Linn^us's Flora Anglica — the first English Flora — has a bearing upon nomenclature : of all these there are numerous copies. [Over. JOURNAL OF BOTANY" REPRINTS Price Six Shillings (cloth). Notes on the Drawmgs for Sovverby's 'English Botany' (pp. 276). By F. A. Garet. Price Five Sliillings. Flora of Gibraltar. By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod (pp. 153). Price Three Shillings. The British Roses, excluding- Eu-Caninje (pp. 141). By Major A. H. WOLLET-DOD. The Genus Fumaria in Britain (with plate). By H. W. Pugslet, B.A. Price Half-a-croivn. The British Willows. By the Rev. E. F. LintoiV, M.A. Flora of Glamorganshire. By the Eev. H. J. Kiddelsdell, B.A. Price Two Shillings, A List of British Roses (pp. 67). By Major A. H. Wolley-Dod. Notes on the Flora of Denbighshire and Further Notes. By A. A. Dallman, F.L.S. (2s. each.) Price Fighteen-pence. The Genera and Species of British Mosses (plates). By the Rev. H. G. Jamesois. Supplements 1-3 to the Biographical Index of British and Irish Botanists (Is. 6^. each). British Euphrasia. By Cedric Bucknall, Mus.Bac. Index Abecedarius ; an Alphabetical Index to Linnseus's Species Plantarum, ed. 1. Compiled by W. P. Hiern, M.A., F.R.S. History of Alton's ' Hortus Kewensis.' By James Britte^s^, F.L.S. Linnaeus' s ' Flora Anglica.' Prices in all cases net, post free. Orders ivith remittance should he addressed to: — TAYLOR & FEANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.G. 4. Those who have not yet sent their Subscriptions for the current year (17s. 6d.) are requested to forward them without delay to Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.G. 4. No. 689 MAY, 1920 T M i: Vol. LVIII JOURNAL OF KOIANY RRirrSH AND FORHKIN EDITED Br .JAMES BlUTTEN, K. C. S. G., F. L. S. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT. DEPARTMKNT OF BOTANT, BBI'J'ISH MiSKUM. CONTENTS Some Segregates of E)-odhiiu cicii- tarium L"Herit. By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S., and C. E. Sal- mon. F.L.S. (Plate554.) 121 Mycetozoa from Cornwall. By C4. Lister, F.L.S 127 Plant Dermatitis. — I. By E. Phi lip Smith 130 '• Disappearing Wild Flowers "' Book-Notes, News, etc Supplement. — A Eevised Arrange- ment of British Roses. By Lt.- Col. A. H. Wolley-Dod. 135 136 LONDON TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT. FLEET STREET DULAU ct CO., Ltd.. 34-36 MARGARET STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE. W. 1 Price One ShiUhig and JEujlilpencc SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Jom-nals of Learned Societies, etc.. in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. A verj^ extensive stock of Books on Botam^ (Systematic. Economic, and Geo- graphical). Forestry. Gardening, etc.. always available. Any liook (pioted for. and those not in stock sought for. without charge.. Libraries or small parcels purchased. 38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY. LONDON. W.C. 2. Trlcphonc : (i.-rrard Mil'. Jn.<l Piihlishe<l. Deuni Sn>, CJulh. t'p. x, 110. Price lO/'O net. The Flora of Chepstow. i>y w. A. SiioouiUKi), m.e.c.s., I'.L.s.. K.1MI.S. Witli Maj* of the Chepstow .Xi'ca. Enumeration and records of plants observed in an area consisting of part of Watson'.- ' Topographical Botany " Vice-Counties 34 ( W. Gloster) f:,nd 35 (Monmouthshire). TAYLOR & FRANCIS. RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4. JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. i:i)ITEI) V,Y JAMES Bill T T E N, K.C.S.l^., F.E.S. I.ATi;,S|-.MO|; ASSIST.V.NT. IHU'AKT.ME.NT oV BoT.WY. BIM'I'lSIl .MUSIOLM. The JoiKXAL or Botany was established in ISHIJ 1)\' Seemann. In 1S72 the editorsln']) avus assumed l)y Dr. Henry Trimen, Avho, assisted during [)ai-t of the time hy Mi-. .J. (I. Baker and Mr. Spencer Moore, earned it on until tlie end of lN7it, when he left England for Ceylon. Since then it lias l»een in the hands of the present Editor. Communications for i)ul)lication and Itooks i'ov review >!iould he addressed to The Editor. 4 1 iUtston RnaiL Brentford. AUTHORS' SEPARATE COPIES. - Contributors can obtain reprints of their papers at the prices quoted below 12 copies 2 \)\>. '.} 2.5 ., .. 4 50 „ .. :> 100 „ „ 7. Separate Titles. Plates, and Special Wrappers extra. TAYLOE k FEANCIS, RED LION COUKT, FLEET STREET, E.C. 4. Rates for Advertisements in the Journal of Botany. One Six Twelve. Insertion. . Insertions. Insea'tions. Page £2 {)s.ha. ^1 16.S. 0(7. each ^1 12s. OrZ. each' Half-pag-0 12 6 10 0 „ 17 (3 Quarter-page 12 6 11 3 ., 10 0 Eiglitli-page 7 6 7 0 ,, 6 6 All application.'^ for sjnice to he uiade to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 1..S-. (w7. 8 pp. 7.S. 12 pp. 9.. 16. pp. lOs. 6fZ :.N. o<i. .. 8.S. .. 11.S-. 6(/. ., l^s. r,,s-. ihl. S>.s. ., 12.S'. 0,(1. „ 14s. S.S-. OJ. ., 10^'. 6J. ., 14.^. ., 15^\ 6rZ. W. F.Taylor, photo. A. ERODIUM NEGLECTUM Baker & Salmon 121 SOME SEGREGATES OF EllODlUM OICUTAUIUM L'Herit. By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S., and C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. (Plate 554) The segTe<^ate.s of Erod/toti. cicii/fo-iK in growing- in Britain have never been very satisfactorily deterniined. In the present paper it is proposed to deal only with the maritime forms, leaving discussion of the various inland varieties for a future note. Through the eourtes}^ of I)r, l)e Wildeman of Brussels, we have heen enabled to study the types of Dumortier's s))eeies, ]£. glutiiioHuni Si E. deritafinn, described in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. iv. 345 (1865), and as we have also had access to many authentically named s])eciniens of Jordan's s])ecies, a few notes on a comparison of these with plants growing in Britain may be of interest. "j6J. (jhoidulosuiii Duni," often mentioned by authors, does not actually exist. The segregates of E. clcutarium may be conveniently divided into two sections : — A. Plants conjined to sand dunes or other places near the sea. B. Inland plants, which, it must be noted, often may be found in sandy places near the coast also. In 1882, Clavaud in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxv. p. 425, published a classification of the forms and varieties of E. clcutarium, based mainly on the presence or absence of a furrow surrounding the pit of the carjjel. The main features of his key are as follows :— A. cuictum. " Segments des feuilles ordinairement non decoupes jusqu' a la cote. Fossettes apicilaires du fruit entourees d'un sillon concentri(iue lisse plus ou moins marque." a. cli(cropl}iillum. a. pallidijiorum (including parvijlorum .lord, and Horceanum .lord. ) . h. riihrijionim ( = tr/viale Jord.). b. pi nipinelhe folium. a. ochrosfigma ( = com mi.rfum Jord.). h. porplnfrostigma {=prcetermissum Jord.). B. fossum. " Segments des feuilles ordinairement decoupes jusqu' a la cote ou tres pres de la cote. Fossettes apicilaires du fruit non entourees d'un sillon concentrique." a. arcnarium {=:pilosu)n Bor.). a. glutinosum. b. vestitnm. c. suhglahrum. b. lajcuvi. It should be noted that Clavaud's arenarium is stated by him to equal Borean's E. pilosum ; the latter is founded upon the Geranium pilosum of Thuillier (Fl. Pans, ed. 2, 346, 1799), an inland plant from the Bois de Boulogne and forest of Fontainebleau, described as being very pilose, but no mention is made of glands. Boreau, however, amplifies Thuillier's diagnosis and admits glandular plants under that name, probably including some maritime forms. In 1905, Brumhard (Monog. 'Ubers. Gatt. Erodium) gav(i a JouKNAL Of Botany.— Vol. 58. [May, 1920.] k 122 THE JOURNAL OF IJOTANf complete list of the whole genus Avith a clavis, but we cannot concur Avith a number of his conclusions, ])artieularly as regards synon3any. In 1912, Dr. Knuth issued his Monograph of the Geraniacecd {P^anzenreich, 53 Heft, iv. 129, p. 271), where he separates E. hipinnaUim Willd., E. cicutarium L'Herit., and E. moschatum L'Herit., as follows : — A. ^'' Fovea plica concentrica destitiita. Pedunciili 2-4zj{orir — E. hipinnatum W. and var. /3. sahulicolum Jord. B. " Fovea plica concentrica manifeste circumscripta. Peduti- ctili scepissime 5-7 fiori?' — E. cicutarium L'Herit. and E. moschatum L'Herit. He thus considers E. sahulicolum Jordan (with which we have satisfied ourselves that E. glutinosum Dum. is synonymous) to be better placed as a variety of E. hipinnatum Willd. than under E. cicutarium L'Herit. This point will be dealt with later. Our study of the British forms confined to the coast leads us to adopt the following classification, omitting for the present, plants which, occurring normally inland, may frequently be found on sandy ground in proximity to the sea. We have included E. dentatum in the clavis as it is a species very likely to occur on our coasts. Pit of carpel not surrounded by a furrow. Fertile stamens with filaments sub-dentate or suddenly enlarged at the base. Peduncles few (2-3) flowered, + shorter than the leaves. 1. Very glutinous. Beak of carpel 15-20 mm. long. E. glutinosum: 2. Slightly glandular or glutinous. Beak of carpel 25-29 mm. long E. den latum. Peduncles many (3-5) flowered, ± longer than the leaves. 3 E. neglectum. Pit of carpel surrounded by a furrow. Fertile stamens with . filaments gradually enlarged at the base. 4. Glandular. Peduncles man^^-flowered. Leaflets broad E. Lehelii. 5. Eglandular. Peduncles few - flowered. Leaflets narrow E. Ballii. Pit of carpel not surrounded bv a furrow. Fertile filament sub- dentate or suddenly